Quarterlytics / Basic Materials / Industrial Materials / Iluka Resources Limited / FY2013 Annual Report

Iluka Resources Limited
Annual Report 2013

ILU · ASX Basic Materials
Claim this profile
Ticker ILU
Exchange ASX
Sector Basic Materials
Industry Industrial Materials
Employees 1001-5000
← All annual reports
FY2013 Annual Report · Iluka Resources Limited
Loading PDF…
Annual Report

2013

FOCUS ON SHAREHOLDER RETURNS THROUGH THE CYCLE / FLEX OPERATIONS IN LINE WITH  
MARKET DEMAND / CONTINUE MARKET DEVELOPMENT / MAINTAIN STRONG BALANCE SHEET  
/ PRESERVE AND ADVANCE MINERAL SANDS GROWTH OPPORTUNITIES / CONTINUE TO EVALUATE/ 
PURSUE CORPORATE GROWTH OPPORTUNITIES / ACT COUNTER-CYCLICALLY WHERE APPROPRIATE

CREATE AND DELIVER VALUE FOR SHAREHOLDERS

ILUKA  IS  A  LEADING  MINERAL  SANDS  COMPANY  INVOLVED  IN  EXPLORATION,  PROJECT  
DEVELOPMENT, OPERATIONS AND MARKETING. ILUKA IS THE LARGEST  GLOBAL PRODUCER 
OF ZIRCON AND HAS A MAJOR POSITION IN THE HIGH GRADE PRODUCTS OF RUTILE AND 
SYNTHETIC  RUTILE.

INVESTMENT  
PROPOSITION

ILUKA ANNUAL REPORT 2013

CREATE AND DELIVER VALUE FOR SHAREHOLDERS.

SHAREHOLDER VALUE FOCUS
Iluka is focussed on shareholder returns through the cycle.  
As the company has navigated through a low in the mineral sands business cycle, Iluka’s approach has been to: 
n	
n	
n	
n	 maintain a strong balance sheet
n	
n	

flex asset operation in line with market demand
continue market development
 preserve/advance mineral sands growth opportunities

 continue to evaluate/pursue corporate growth opportunities

act counter-cyclically where appropriate

Iluka has a commitment to “proactivity” in environmental management and sustainability, seeking to achieve the 
highest standards in health and safety performance.

MINERAL SANDS DEMAND GROWTH
Demand for mineral sands products over the medium-to-longer term is linked to three key dynamics: 

Urbanisation 

The rapid rate of urbanisation of China, India and other emerging economies increases floor space, creating demand 
for mineral sands bearing products including tiles, paint and other products.

Rising living standards and consumption 

Rising wealth and living standards in emerging economies, often measured by GDP or income per capita, is linked to 
increased spending on durable consumer goods, many of which make use of titanium dioxide and zircon.

Increasing array of uses

Titanium  dioxide  and  zircon  are  used  in  an  array  of  new  applications.  Examples  include:  catalytic  converters, 
fibre optics, capacitors and motherboards, aerospace, air and water filtration, digital printing, nano coatings and 
specialised industrial componentry such as those used in offshore gas and desalinisation plants. 

TECHNICAL AND RESOURCE DIFFERENTIATION

Iluka has integrated mining and processing operations located in Australia and the US, allowing it to flex production 
in light of market conditions. 

The  company  has  over  60  years’  experience  in  mineral  sands  with  specialist  in-house  expertise  in  metallurgy, 
engineering, exploration and industry analysis. 

Iluka is focused on high margin products and has a global market presence, including international distribution 
facilities and in-country presence in key markets, reflecting its commitment to its customers. 

GROWTH OPPORTUNITIES
Growth opportunities available to Iluka shareholders relate to:
n	

 advanced mineral sands projects, the development of which is subject to strict financial return and market 
dynamics criteria
investment in innovation and technology related to mineral sands
Australian and international exploration programme 

n	
n	
n	

continued expansion of the company’s international marketing presence 

The company also evaluates acquisition opportunities.

1

FINANCIAL  
SUMMARY

MINERAL SANDS REVENUE

REVENUE

MINERAL SANDS EBITDA

GROUP EBITDA 

NET PROFIT AFTER TAX

$763 million

$249 million

$295 million

(including Mining Area C)

$18.5 million

29%

$m

1,536.7

1,069.8

874.4

576.0

66%

$m

925.9

67.9%

60.3%

726.0

61%

95%

$m

979.3

$m

748.8

541.8

763.1

28.6%

13.1%

250.2

75.6

32.6%

249.0

99.6

305.1

295.2

363.2

36.1

-82.4

18.5

2009

2010

2011

2012

2013

2009

2010

2011

2012

2013

2009

2010

2011

2012

2013

2010

2011

2012

2013

Iluka’s Mining Area C iron ore 
royalty in Western Australia 
contributed $87.9 million to Group 
EBITDA in 2013. 

2009

NPAT declined significantly in 2013, 
primarily due to materially lower 
product prices, and a year-end 
accounting (non-cash) adjustment 
of $41.0 million after tax.

Lower mineral sands revenues 
largely reflect lower received prices 
during 2013 across all major 
products.  
Average revenue per tonne of 
zircon/rutile/synthetic rutile sold 
for 2013 was US$1,173 per tonne, 
41% lower than 2012.
Sales volumes were mixed with 
zircon and rutile sales up (73% and 
59% respectively) and synthetic 
rutile sales down 73%.

Lower EBITDA is primarily due 
to lower revenue.  
Production cash costs were 
reduced during the year as 
a result of operational changes 
implemented. Overall production 
cash costs were $376 million (36% 
lower than 2012) or $798/tonne 
of zircon/rutile/synthetic rutile 
produced. 

EBITDA

EBITDA Margin

2

ILUKA ANNUAL REPORT 2013

CASH FLOW

NET DEBT (CASH)

ROC AND ROE

$124 million

$207 million

ROC          ROE
2.2%    1.2%  

66%

$m

706.2

589.6

368.7

124.0

81.2

-27.5

163.6
60.7

83.9

-209.8

115%

93%

95%

$m

1000

800

600

400

200

0

-200

25.9

21.8

382.1

312.6

11.8

5.8

0

95.9

206.6

-156.7

%

35

28

21

14

7

0

-7

%

54.9

42.5

5.0

3.2

-9.6

-9.9

32.8

23.2

2.2

1.2

2009

2010

2011

2012

2013

2009

2010

2011

2012

2013

2009

2010

2011

2012

2013

Full year free cash outflow was 
$27.5 million, reflecting weaker 
revenues and a first half taxation 
payment of $118 million. $17.0 
million free cash flow was 
generated in the second half.

Net debt increased but Iluka retains a 
strong balance sheet with significant 
capacity headroom of ~ $835 million 
of total facilities. Gearing ratio (net 
debt/net debt + equity) of 11.8% at 
31 December 2013.

Weaker earnings were reflected in 
a markedly lower return on capital 
and return on equity.

Operating Cash Flow

Free Cash Flow

Net Debt

Gearing %

Return on Equity

Return on Capital

3

FEATURES  
OF 2013

2013  was  a  challenging  year  for  Iluka.  The  mineral  sands  industry  continued  to  reflect  low 
cycle  conditions,  with  only  a  partial  and  uneven  recovery  in  zircon  demand,  and  with  subdued 
demand  for  high  grade  titanium  dioxide  feedstocks.  Prices  declined  materially  year-on-year.  
In these conditions the company’s approach was to flex production, maintain a strong balance sheet 
and preserve growth options. Given the prevailing market conditions, erosion in financial performance 
has occurred and will spill over into 2014. However, Iluka remains well placed to capitalise on a 
demand-led recovery and the favourable medium-to-longer term dynamics in its sector. 

David Robb, Managing Director

4
4

ILUKA ANNUAL REPORT 2013

■ Operational flexibility 
Significant operational adjustments, reflecting the approach  
to operate assets in line with market demand.
–   Combined 2013 zircon, rutile and synthetic rutile production 

level 60% of ‘mid cycle’ settings.

– Idled remaining synthetic rutile kiln in Western Australia.
–  Lower utilisation rates at Iluka’s three mineral separation 

plants in Australia and the US.

–  Idling the Tutunup South and Eneabba mining operations  

in Western Australia.

■ Shareholder returns
–  Total dividends of 9 cents per share fully franked (5 cents 

interim dividend and 4 cents final dividend).

–  Share price declined by 4.3% to 31 December 2013. The S&P/
ASX 200 Materials index declined by 5.8% over same period.

– 3 year cumulative Iluka total shareholder return of 76%.
–  The S&P/ASX 200 Materials Index total return over the 
corresponding three-year period to 31 December was  
negative 22%.

■ Projects advanced
– Evaluation of internal mineral sands projects progressed.
–  West Balranald, New South Wales; Cataby, Western Australia 
and Aurelian Springs, US advanced to definitive feasibility 
stage.

– Detailed design completed for Hickory, US.
–  Eucla Basin satellite deposits, South Australia progressed  

to pre-feasibility stage.

■ Exploration
– Total exploration expenditure of $23.1 million.
–  International prospecting programme in Brazil, Africa and  

Asia expanded.

■ Health and safety
– Continued improvement in safety performance.
–  Total recordable industry frequency rate of 4.6, 56% lower  

than 2012.

– Lost time injury frequency rate of 0.3, 84% lower than 2012.

■ Sustainability and social responsibility
–  No major environmental incidents with 79% of incidents level 

one (lowest severity).

–  Awarded South Australian Premier’s Award for Excellence  

in Social Inclusion.

■ Ore Reserves and Mineral Resources
–  Ore Reserves declined by 2.3 million tonnes to 26.6 million 

tonnes (including depletions).

–  Approximately 10 years of reserve cover at 2013 depletion 

rate.

–  Mineral Resources increased by 45% to 178.7 million tonnes, 

mainly reflecting resources associated with tenements 
acquired and granted in Sri Lanka.

■ Financial performance 
– Net profit after tax of $18.5 million.
– Mineral sands EBITDA margin of 32.6%.
– Return on capital 2.2% and return on equity 1.2%.
–  Negative free cash flow of $(27.5) million  

(positive in second half).

–  Net debt of $206.6 million (2012: $95.9 million) with available 

funding facilities of ~$835 million.

– Gearing (net debt/ net debt + equity) of 11.8%.

■ Market conditions
– Partial and uneven global recovery in zircon demand.
–  Zircon sales of 370.2 thousand tonnes (2012: 213.8 thousand 

tonnes).

–  Ongoing low demand in high grade titanium feedstock market, 

but with precursors for demand recovery evident.

–  Combined rutile and synthetic rutile sales of 214.2 thousand 

tonnes (2012: 275.1 thousand tonnes).

–  2013 weighted average prices: zircon US$1,160/tonne (2012: 
US$2,080), rutile US$1,069/tonne (2012: US$2,464), synthetic 
rutile US$1,150/tonne (2012: US$1,771).

5
5

GLOBAL  
OPERATIONS  
SUMMARY

Operations

Assets

Mining and processing facility

Mine
Sales and Marketing
Warehouse and small lot 
distribution facility 
Mineral separation plant

Warehouse and small lot 
Proposed mine site
Corporate/marketing/
distribution facility 
exploration office
Heavy mineral deposit
Corporate/marketing/
exploration office

Exploration

Other assets

Iluka tenements

Other assets

Joint venture tenements

China 

Qingdao

China

Shanghai

China

Xiamen

China

Ho Chi Minh City

Vietnam

Dubai

Sri Lanka

Malaysia

North America

US operations

Nashville
Jacksonville

Newcastle
Delaware

Virginia

Netherlands

Belgium

Europe

Spain

Rio de Janeiro

Durban

Mining

Area C

Perth

Basin

Australian 

operations

Perth

Eucla

Basin

Adelaide

Murray

Basin

Melbourne

UNITED STATES

The US operation includes two 
mines and a mineral separation 
plant located in Virginia.  
The company also has two 
potential developments, Hickory 
and Aurelian Springs.

EXPLORATION

Iluka’s exploration programme 
expanded during 2013, with 
an increased focus in new 
international jurisdictions.  
The company also established 
an internal resource to evaluate 
non-mineral sands exploration 
opportunities. Exploration offices 
have been established in Brazil 
and South Africa as a base to 
evaluate regional opportunities.

6

North America

US operations

Newcastle

Delaware

Nashville

Jacksonville

Virginia

Netherlands
Belgium

Europe

Spain

ILUKA ANNUAL REPORT 2013

MARKETING APPROACH

SRI LANKA

Iluka adopts an international 
marketing approach which 
includes strong direct customer 
relations, worldwide distribution 
points, in-country presence in key 
markets, and a commitment to 
further market development.

In 2013, Iluka re-established a 
tenement and resource position in 
Sri Lanka. This large, long  
life ilmenite resource is being 
evaluated for potential  
development.

China 

Dubai

Sri Lanka

Malaysia

Qingdao
China

Shanghai
China

Xiamen
China

Ho Chi Minh City
Vietnam

Rio de Janeiro

Durban

Mining
Area C

Perth
Basin

Australian 
operations

Perth

Eucla
Basin

Adelaide

Murray
Basin

Melbourne

WESTERN AUSTRALIA

SOUTH AUSTRALIA

VICTORIA/NEW SOUTH WALES

Iluka’s Perth Basin operations 
in Western Australia include the 
Narngulu mineral separation 
plant (Mid West), four synthetic 
rutile kilns and multiple mineral 
sands deposits, including the 
Tutunup South mine (South West) 
and the potential development, 
Cataby.

Jacinth-Ambrosia in the Eucla 
Basin is the largest, highest 
zircon assemblage mineral sands 
mine globally. Iluka is evaluating 
development options for three 
satellite ilmenite deposits.

The Murray Basin contains 
multiple mineral sands deposits 
which Iluka is progressively 
developing. The next planned 
development is Balranald.  
Mining is occurring at the 
Woornack, Rownack and Pirro 
deposits. Iluka operates a mineral 
separation plant in Hamilton.

7

PRODUCTION  
AND SALES  
SUMMARY

Mineral sands production

Iluka’s approach to operate assets in line with market demand 
led to lower production across all products. High grade titanium 
dioxide  (rutile  and  synthetic  rutile)  production  was  curtailed 
given  market  conditions,  with  the  company  operating  only 
one of its four synthetic rutile kilns for part of the year. Zircon 
production  was  also  constrained  for  a  second  year,  mainly  by 
lower processing of concentrate into finished goods. 

Iluka  maintains  the  capacity  to  increase  production  rapidly  in 
line  with  demand  recovery  and  inventory  drawdown.  Ilmenite 
production  is  available  either  for  use  as  a  feedsource  for 
synthetic rutile production, or for direct sale. Lower mining rates 
and  lower  processing  of  concentrate  was  associated  with  a 
reduction in ilmenite production.

ZIRCON

kt

RUTILE AND 
SYNTHETIC RUTILE

kt

601.5

412.9

263.1

343.2

285.1

347.5 285.7

248.3

405.0

59.0

141.4 250.1 281.3 220.3 127.0

ILMENITE*

kt

838.8

684.9 661.6 674.1

584.5

2009

2010

2011

2012

2013

2009

2010

2011

2012

2013

2009

2010

2011

2012

2013

Rutile 

Synthetic rutile 

* Includes chloride ilmenite and sulphate 

ilmenite for external sales and for 
internal synthetic rutile production

Mineral sands sales

ZIRCON

kt

514.5

478.7

370.2

222.6

213.8

RUTILE AND 
SYNTHETIC RUTILE

kt

ILMENITE

kt

570.9

376.4

373.7

443.2

337.5

362.5

396.7

257.7

46.2

169.6

138.7 240.0 265.9 105.5 168.0

2009

2010

2011

2012

2013

2009

2010

2011

2012

2013

2009

2010

2011

2012

2013

Zircon
Zircon sales increased by 73 per cent in 
2013 to 370.2 thousand tonnes following 
low sales in 2012. Sales remain lower 
than 2010-11 levels, reflecting a partial 
recovery in demand

Rutile 

Synthetic rutile 

Rutile and synthetic rutile
Weak demand for high grade titanium 
dioxide feedstocks led to an overall decline 
in sales from an already low 2012 level. 
2013 rutile sales increased by 59 per cent 
to 168.0 thousand tonnes. Synthetic rutile 
sales fell by 73 per cent to 46.2 thousand 
tonnes.

 8
8

Ilmenite
Ilmenite sales of 337.5 thousand 
tonnes were 23.8 per cent lower  
relative to 2012 levels of 443.2 
thousand tonnes.

ILUKA ANNUAL REPORT 2013

Contents

Business Review 

Page

Chairman’s and Managing Director’s Review 

Ore Reserves and Mineral Resources  

Operational Review  

Market Conditions    

Growth 

Sustainable Development 

Five Year Group Physical and Financial Summary  

Operating Mines Physical Data 

Statutory Information

Directors’ Report 

Directors’ Profiles    

Executive Team Profiles 

Remuneration Report 

Corporate Governance Statement 

Financial Report 

Directors’ Declaration 

Independent Auditor’s Report to the Members 

Ore Reserves and Mineral Resources Statement 

Sustainability Performance Data 

Shareholder Information 

Corporate Information 

Board and Executive Team 

10

16

18

20

22

30

42

44

46

58

60

63

85

90

130

131

133

136

138

140

141

The Iluka Annual Report 2013 provides shareholders with an overview of Iluka’s 2013 financial year. The Business Review contains an 
overview of the main factors affecting the business, while the Statutory Information section has been structured in accordance with the 
Corporations Act 2001.

Australian currency is shown in this document unless otherwise specified.

kt refers to thousand (‘000) metric tonnes.

9

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CHAIRMAN’S 
REVIEW

In  addressing  growth  and  the  evolution  of  the  financial 
characteristics of Iluka, your Directors will continue to support 
various  options.  Clearly,  optimising  the  company’s  resource 
base, as well as growing it, is of paramount importance. Quality 
reserves  and  the  potential  to  progressively  convert  resources 
to  reserves  are  the  lifeblood  of  any  minerals  commodities 
company.  In  this  regard,  I  believe,  there  are  opportunities 
arising  from  technological  innovation,  partnering  and  astute 
investment  where  value  can  be  added  to  the  company’s 
resources  and  where  new  applications  and  markets  can  be 
developed.  Considerable  work  has  been  initiated  in  this  area, 
as evident by the greater commitment to innovation, research 
and  development  and  to  facilitating  an  industry  association 
for  zircon.  Most  recently,  the  investment  made  in  the  private 
United Kingdom based Metalysis Limited, a  technology company 
seeking to commercialise a patented process for the production 
of high value metals, including titanium powder, at a materially 
lower  cost  than  existing  technology,  provides  Iluka  with  an 
investment  in  a  potential  breakthrough  technology  which  may 
have  significant  implications  for  growing  demand,  or  adding 
value, to one part of the company’s resource base. 

is  also  noteworthy  that  recent  changes 

in  executive 
It 
management  responsibility  facilitate  a  greater  focus  on 
resources development, strategic partnerships and alliances, as 
well as innovation. All are a hallmark of an approach the Board 
will support and encourage. To grow, Iluka must be more creative, 
innovative and prepared to adopt risks in pursuing investment 
options  in  areas  allied  or  adjacent  to  its  core  business.  Such 
pursuits can create new options and with that the potential to 
evolve the company; broaden its franchise and customer base; 
and in turn enhance and contribute to a greater resilience in the 
financial characteristics of the company over time.

focused  efforts 

Iluka  has  numerous  opportunities  within  its  current  portfolio 
through 
in:  new  project  development; 
international  exploration  and  other  resource  development 
activities;  advancement  of  its  global  marketing  and  sales 
capabilities; technical development and innovation. Clearly, the 
company  will  also  consider  and  where  appropriate  progress 
growth opportunities which lie outside of its existing portfolio. 
Board and management have a willingness to act in a counter-
cyclical manner in accordance with defined acquisition criteria.

Of course, the successful execution of strategy – and ability to 
attenuate risk – is delivered by and through Iluka’s people. The 
company  is  fortunate  to  have  a  skilled  and  capable  workforce 
who  seek  to  provide  Iluka’s  customers  with  a  quality  product 
that satisfies their needs and, in turn, those of their customers.

Greg Martin, Chairman

I  am  pleased  to  write  to  shareholders  for  the  first  time  as 
Chairman of your company, having joined the Board in January 
2013.  In  December  2013  I  succeeded  John  Pizzey,  after  John 
retired following eight years of service as a Director and three 
and a half years as Chairman. 

The  key  focus  for  my  fellow  Directors  and  I  is  to  support 
management to profitably grow your company and, thereby, to 
create and deliver value for shareholders. And crucially, for this 
to be done in a safe, responsible and sustainable manner which, 
I am pleased to observe, has been the case throughout the year. 

Management and the Board have overseen and, in some cases 
influenced, a major transformation in industry dynamics. In the 
process, this has generated significant value for shareholders, 
as well as demonstrating a capital discipline, which has also been 
translated  into  capital-efficient  decisions  and  a  track  record 
of  returning  to  shareholders  funds,  in  excess  of  investment 
requirements, in the form of fully franked dividends.

As evidenced by the company’s financial performance in 2013, 
this has been a challenging year as the mineral sands industry 
has  experienced  a  cyclical  low  in  business  conditions.  Your 
Directors believe that the company  has navigated the challenges 
well: preserving solid  margin structures; maintaining  a strong 
balance sheet; keeping  potential mineral sands projects on track 
and  continuing  to  invest  in  other  areas,  such  as  exploration, 
marketing and innovation, which will underpin the future growth 
of the company.

Clearly, the level of cyclicality in business performance has been 
more extreme than your Directors would like to see  shareholders 
experience  in  the  future.  Much  of  the  cyclicality  is  due  to  an 
industry  which  has  evolved  rapidly  over  recent  years.  Recent 
industry  settings,  including  multi-tiered  pricing  arrangements 
and  residual  industry  contracting  terms,  combined  with  the 
abrupt reduction in demand across both the main product suites 
of zircon and titanium dioxide feedstocks, have exacerbated the 
volatility in earnings and cash flow.  However, I believe there are 
steps the company can take to moderate the adverse impact of 
volatility in future.

10

ILUKA ANNUAL REPORT 2013

In doing so, they recognise that any extractive industry’s licence 
to  operate  is  a  function  of  its  ability  to  engage  meaningfully 
and  constructively  with  the  communities  in  which  it  operates. 
The  integrity  and  mutual  respect  of  Iluka’s  interactions  with 
its stakeholders is, ultimately, of paramount importance to the 
sustainability and viability of the company’s activities. 

By  way  of  example,  Iluka’s  track  record  of  land  rehabilitation  
over  many  years,  as  well  as  its  commitment  to  genuine 
engagement with the communities where it conducts its business 
activities,  has  underpinned  the  company’s  licence  to  operate. 
The challenge, as always, is that this right must continually be 
re-earned if it is to be maintained. 

For a company with an objective to create and deliver shareholder 
value, and of Iluka’s size, there must be a balance between the 
use  of  cash  to  fund  growth  opportunities  and  provide  returns 
to shareholders through dividend payments. The ideal outcome 
is to have the ability to do both. In the Board’s view, it remains 
appropriate for the company to return the maximum practicable 
amount  of  free  cash  flow  to  shareholders  after  allowing  for 
value-adding  decisions  in  relation  to  investment  growth  – 
whether organic or inorganic in nature. In this regard, magnified 
by the low cycle business conditions, free cash flow has been 
variable  leading  to  some  variability  in  the  level  of  dividend 
payments over recent periods. 

In  relation  to  the  2013  year,  after  declaring  a  2012  full  year 
dividend of 10 cents per share, fully franked, the interim 2014 
dividend was lower at 5 cents, fully franked. The lower interim 
dividend,  as  well  as  the  lower  dividend  compared  with  prior 
corresponding  periods,  reflected  the  fact  that  free  cash  flow 
was not generated in the first half of 2013, in large part due to 
a $118.4 million taxation payment in respect of 2012 earnings. 
Directors determined to pay a smaller interim dividend on the 
expectation  that  free  cash  flow  would  be  generated  in  the 
second half, a situation which occurred, although on a full year 
basis positive cash flow was not generated. 

Notwithstanding  this,  Directors  determined  to  declare  a  final 
dividend for 2013 of 4 cents per share, fully franked, representing 
100 per cent of the free cash flow generated in the second half of 
the year. This decision was taken on the basis of free cash flow 
generated in the second half not being required for investing or 
balance sheet purposes.  

In  February  2014  I  announced  the  appointment  of  new  non-
executive  Director,  Marcelo  Bastos,  to  the  Board.  Marcelo 
brings extensive minerals operational and technical experience, 
including  in  the  development  and  operation  of  major  projects 
in  numerous  international  jurisdictions.  I  am  confident  his 
experience will complement and extend the current skills base 
of the Iluka Board.

In closing, and on behalf of my fellow Directors, I would like to 
pass on my sincere thanks to John Pizzey for his contribution as 
a  Director  and,  subsequently,  Chairman  of  Iluka.  John  served 
shareholder  interests  with  distinction  during  a  transformative 
period  in  the  mineral  sands  industry.  His  deep  international 
resource and minerals processing industry experience together 
with his judgment, insight and guidance have been invaluable to 
Board deliberations. We wish him well for the future.

I would also like to acknowledge the efforts and dedication of all 
Iluka employees, as well as contractors, in tough circumstances. 
It is at the bottom of the cycle that the calibre and mettle of a 
company’s human capital comes to the fore. This has been most 
evident to the Board in the area of health and safety with the 
commitment  and  performance  of  Iluka’s  people  approaching 
global industry best practice levels. 

During a difficult period the Board considers your interests as 
shareholders have been well served. 

Greg Martin 
Chairman

Share price and dividends 

In  2013  Iluka’s  share  price  declined  by  4.3  per  cent  over  the 
year.  In  comparison,  the  S&P  ASX  200  Materials  Sector  index 
declined by 5.8 per cent.

return 

(share  price  and  dividends 
Total  shareholder 
received) for 2013 declined by 3.3 per cent. The S&P ASX 200 
Materials  Sector  index  (total  return)  declined  by  3.0  per  cent.  
The company’s dividend framework is to return a minimum of 40 
per cent of free cash flow not required for investing or balance 
sheet activity. Since the reintroduction of dividends at the end of 
2010, the company has returned 76 per cent of free cash flow 
to  shareholders  in  the  form  of  dividends.  Over  the  period  31 
December 2010 to 31 December 2013 net debt has also reduced 
from $313 million to $207 million.

11

 
MANAGING  
DIRECTOR’S  
REVIEW

Adjusting production in line with demand is, I believe, the right 
approach for this company in this industry. Despite significantly 
lower prices realised in 2013, pricing levels for all of Iluka’s main 
products  in  2013  remain  above  the  levels  achieved  in  the  last 
year of reduced demand, 2009. We have protected unit margins 
to the extent practicable in a competitive industry and are well 
leveraged,  in  both  profit  and  cash  flow  terms,  to  returning 
demand and growing volumes.

Mineral sands market conditions

Zircon demand recovered in 2013, albeit the nature of the demand 
recovery  was  uneven  across  markets  and  end  use  sectors  and 
was,  in  aggregate,  somewhat  inconsistent  quarter  to  quarter 
throughout the course of 2013. Iluka sold 73 per cent more zircon 
volume in 2013 (refer chart on page 8) than 2012, although price 
competitiveness  meant  that  the  weighted  average  selling  price 
for 2013 was approximately half 2012 levels. 

China,  as  the  major  global  zircon  consumer,  imported  higher 
volumes in 2013 than in each of the preceding three years and 
so, even allowing for varying levels of inventories typically held by 
producers and downstream customers in China, it appears that 
China’s  underlying  demand  characteristics  did  not  deteriorate 
structurally in 2013 as some hypothesised would occur. 

Demand  in  other  parts  of  the  world,  notably  Europe  and  the 
European  ceramic  exports  markets  in  the  Middle  East  and 
North Africa; in India, Japan and parts of South-East Asia, was 
generally  subdued.  North  American  demand  was  supported  by 
industrial  applications  such  as  in  precision  casting,  as  well  as 
a  strengthening  of  the  US  economy  and  a  recovery  in  the  US 
housing  market.  Factors  influencing  demand  in  other  markets 
varied.  In  India,  for  example,  which  had  been  a  fast  growing 
zircon market for Iluka in 2011, the depreciation of the domestic 
currency made imports more expensive while a protracted strike 
in a major ceramics producing province in the country, depressed 
demand  in  this  important,  emerging  market.  South  East  Asian 
demand  was  patchy  and  below  usual  levels  reflecting  weaker 
economic conditions.

David Robb, Managing Director

Iluka’s  principal  objective  is  to  create  and  deliver  value  for 
shareholders.  We  aim  to  achieve  this  objective  while  at  all 
times  staying  true  to  our  values  of  commitment,  integrity  and 
responsibility. In line with both our objective and values we are 
focused on environment, health and safety performance. And we 
know that to succeed in the long term the company must continue 
to attract high quality people, provide development opportunities 
for  existing  employees  and  maintain  a  commitment  to  diversity 
and sustainability principles. Our objective, values and principles 
are  enduring  and  are  not  diminished  by  either  favourable  or 
unfavourable business cycles.

Mineral sands market conditions were again challenging in 2013. 

We  believe  these  conditions  reflect  a  cyclical  low  in  business 
conditions within our industry, impacting both zircon and titanium 
dioxide  markets  and  influenced  by  factors  which  have  been 
referred to by the company previously: macro-economic conditions 
and global political uncertainties; fragile business and customer 
confidence  levels;  inventory  drawdown  dynamics;  competition 
between suppliers in a sustained low demand environment and 
also the final evolution of titanium dioxide markets away from low 
priced legacy contract arrangements. 

Despite production cutbacks by Iluka and others, these factors led 
to a marked fall in zircon and titanium feedstock prices in 2013, 
as reflected in the table shown on page 21. As we entered 2014, 
some  further  minor  erosion  of  prices  occurred  but  it  is  Iluka’s 
view that “volumes lead prices” and so as demand returns and 
volumes recover, prices will stabilise and then, potentially, could 
increase again.  

12

ILUKA ANNUAL REPORT 2013

In  high  grade  titanium  dioxide  markets,  typically  encompassing 
Iluka’s products of rutile and synthetic rutile, the major end use 
remained chloride pigment production. A focus by major western 
pigment producers on reducing pigment inventories in 2012 led to 
historically low pigment plant operating yields, which continued 
through  the  first  half  of  2013.  In  this  context,  a  preference  for 
lower grade titanium dioxide feedstocks and/or those available 
under  lower  priced  legacy  contracts  meant  that  demand  for 
Iluka’s higher grade feedstocks remained subdued in late 2012 
and 2013. Iluka sold 20 per cent less rutile and synthetic rutile 
combined in 2013 compared with 2012, and 2013 sales were at 
a level less than half the 2011 combined sales volumes of these 
products. With very low volumes required, price declines followed 
-  price  makers  can  become  price  takers  in  such  conditions. 
Weighted average rutile and synthetic rutile prices in 2013 were 
approximately  45  per  cent  of  2012  weighted  average  pricing 
outcomes.

Iluka’s production response

Iluka’s view is that the lower demand we have seen recently is 
mainly a result of global economic and cyclical industry business 
conditions. Our belief is also that the lower demand environment 
was  primarily  a  cyclical  issue,  not  a  structural  issue,  for  our 
industry.  Most  industries  investigate  and  adopt  over  time  more 
efficient production methods and cheaper inputs where possible. 
Mineral sands is no different, but the effect in this area, in my 
view is often overstated. For example zircon loadings (“intensity 
of  use”)  in  ceramic  tiles  have  been  reducing  for  around  thirty 
years,  despite  which  global  demand  has  grown  consistently  – 
so what some have referred to in recent times as thrifting and 
substitution is not a new phenomenon. In fact, a positive turning 
point  may  be  upon  us  given  the  recent  detailed  ceramics  tile 
analysis  the  company  conducted  suggests  that  zircon  loadings 
across varying types of tile types in different geographies have 
increased year-on-year and that new technologies such as digital 
printing may be a positive, not negative, factor in future demand.

With a focus on medium and long term supply/demand outlooks, 
Iluka’s approach is to exercise what we term production flexibility. 
Simply put, the company seeks to match production to demand in 
low  demand  environments  rather  than  seek  to  displace  others. 
This  approach  entailed  a  build  of  inventory  in  2012  as  initial 
production  adjustments  were  made.  Entering  2013  further 
measures  to  reduce  both  production  and  capital  expenditure 
were implemented in a manner designed to maximise cash flow 
but protect the company’s capacity to benefit from future volume 
recovery and growth opportunities. Iluka’s zircon production was 
52 per cent lower than 2011 levels, while rutile and synthetic rutile 
production  was  67  per  cent  lower  than  2011  levels. This  major 
operational  response  to  a  cyclical  low  in  market  demand  was 
seen as appropriate to progressively draw down finished goods 
inventory,  conserve  cash  through  lowering  overall  production 
costs, while maintaining the capacity to respond quickly to market 
demand  recovery.  Iluka’s  2013  cash  cost  of  production  of  $376 
million,  excluding  one-off  restructuring  costs  of  $69  million, 
was  a  40  per  cent  reduction  from  2011  cash  production  costs. 
On  a  unit  of  production  basis,  some  inefficiencies  have  flowed 
from  markedly  lower  utilisation  levels,  reflected  by  higher  unit 
production costs in 2013 than in previous periods.  

Iluka’s  production  response  measures  are  conveyed  later  in 
this Report, and have entailed idling the last operating synthetic 
rutile kiln, and running mineral processing capacity in Australia 
at  reduced  capacity.  Regrettably,  the  major  reconfiguration  in 
operations  resulted  in  approximately  250  people  being  made 
redundant during 2013. 

It  is  likely  that  production  settings  in  2014  will  remain  similar 
to  2013,  including  no  planned  synthetic  rutile  kiln  operation 
being envisaged at this stage. Iluka has idled one of its mining 
operations,  Concord,  in  Virginia  and  will  operate  the  remaining 
mine, Brink, with lower mineral separation plant utilisation. 

The company’s approach should enable a further draw down in 
finished goods inventory levels in 2014, and a likely stabilisation 
and then reduction in concentrate inventories. Iluka retains the 
ability  to  rapidly  re-activate  production  capacity,  as  required, 
including synthetic rutile production.

13

MANAGING  
DIRECTOR’S  
REVIEW

Market outlook 

Sustainability

A  core  aspect  of  what  we  refer  to  internally  as  “Iluka’s  Game 
Plan”  is  a  commitment  to  sustainability.  In  2013,  areas  of 
progress included:
n	

		the rehabilitation of over 950 hectares of land during the 
year  (compared  with  a  prior  four  year  average  of  425 
hectares per annum);
		establishment  of  a  major  research  partnership  with  the 
University  of Western  Australia  in  the  area  of  Vegetation 
Science and Biogeography with significant research goals 
towards conservation and restoration of biodiversity;
		further  improvement  in  health  and  safety  performance. 
As an example, the total recordable injury frequency rate 
declined, recorded at 4.6 per million hours, while the lost 
time  injury  frequency  rate  (the  number  of  days  lost  per 
million  days  worked)  was  0.3.  Both  figures  represent  a 
very  pleasing  improvement  towards  best  practice  levels 
of  performance  and  reflect  a  company-wide  safety 
production leadership programme;
		a  more  diverse  workforce  as  assessed  against  the  four 
focus  areas  in  Iluka:  age  distribution,  opportunities  for 
people  with  disabilities,  gender  diversity  and  indigenous 
employment.  Progress  is  being  made  with,  for  example, 
females comprising over 40 per cent of all new employees 
recruited in 2013, across the full spectrum of operational, 
professional and functional roles; and
		continued 
stakeholder 
to 
engagement  across  Iluka  operations  as  recognised  by 
the  award  of  the  South  Australian  Premier’s  Award  for 
Excellence for Social Inclusion for the company’s activities 
at Jacinth-Ambrosia.

commitment 

productive 

n	

n	

n	

n	

Iluka approach to sustainability goals and the means to achieve 
them will continue to evolve but will be centred on an approach 
to  environmental  management  and  stakeholder  engagement 
we term “proactivity”, which encourages employees to operate 
beyond  the  minimum  legal  compliance  and  company  policy 
levels  where  possible  and  practicable  to  do  so.  Iluka  will  also 
be  investigating  social  responsibility  frameworks  which  adopt 
pertinent Global Reporting Initiative measures.

Recent industry volatility makes forecasting difficult, particularly 
the  nature  and  timing  of  clear  inflection  points  in  demand  or, 
indeed,  supply.  Hindsight  is  perhaps  the  only  really  accurate 
‘sight’ available at such times.  It is apparent, though, that at the 
time of writing many factors typically indicative of, or precursors 
to, demand recovery are in place. These include:
n	

in 

		generally  more  positive  expectations  for  global  economic 
growth  (and  the  indicators  that  flow  from  this),  including 
continued strengthening in the US economy, China growth 
continuing at recent levels and the beginnings of a modest 
recovery in the Eurozone;
		unequivocally  positive 
the  United  States 
trends 
housing  sector,  including  housing  starts,  housing  pricing 
and  remodelling  activity,  all  of  which  are  important  lead 
indicators  for  paint,  pigment  and  high  grade  titanium 
dioxide  markets. When  combined  with  pigment  producer 
commentary of a draw down in pigment inventories to more 
usual levels, these collectively can be seen as very positive 
indicators; and 
		increases in China floor space starts, tile production, real 
estate  lending  and  housing  sales  –  all  of  which  can  be 
expected to a have flow on to ceramic and zircon demand 
in the context, in Iluka’s assessment, of low inventories of 
zircon raw material being held by Iluka’s direct customers 
in China.

n	

n	

Medium  term  demand  fundamentals  for  mineral  sands  remain 
favourable:  the  trends  of  urbanisation;  increased  per  capita 
income and consumption levels in developing economies; and the 
increasing array of end applications for mineral sands products, 
underpin a favourable outlook. While on the supply-side, a limited 
amount of new production may become evident in the short term, 
the  medium  term  outlook  remains  one  of  few  new,  credible, 
high quality sources of supply, especially of zircon or high grade 
titanium dioxide products. In addition, existing major producers, 
including  Iluka,  have  decisions  to  make  about  replacing  or 
sustaining existing operations and hence committing fresh capital 
to  an  industry  with  volatile  returns,  at  least  recently.  Iluka,  for 
one,  remains  focussed  on  generating  acceptable  returns  for 
shareholders and views its own decisions in this context. 

14

ILUKA ANNUAL REPORT 2013

Growth

Priorities

Iluka has maintained its commitment to a range of activities which 
should  deliver value for shareholders. In 2013, this commitment 
had a number of elements:
n	

		feasibility study work progressing or stages completed on 
five potential mineral sands projects in Australia and the 
United States;
		continued  expansion  of  the  company’s 
international 
marketing  presence, 
in-country 
increased 
through 
presence,  including  additional  points  of  representation 
in  China,  establishment  of  new  country  offices,  such  as 
Dubai  which  serves  the  Indian  and  European  markets, 
more  comprehensive  industry  and  market  analysis,  and  
additional warehousing and distribution facilities;
		close  monitoring  and  facilitation  of  the  nascent  China 
chloride pigment industry;
		an  increased  commitment  to  international  mineral  sands 
exploration,  with  early  stage  tenement  acquisition  or 
evaluative work in multiple overseas jurisdictions, as well as 
the establishment of a small, dedicated ‘new commodities’ 
capability,  involving  recruitment  of  geologists  to  evaluate 
non-mineral sands potential on existing tenements;
		re-establishment  of  a  heavy  mineral  resource  position  in  
Sri Lanka through the grant and acquisition of a large, long 
life, scaleable, sulphate ilmenite deposit; and
		an increased commitment to innovation and development 
activities.

n	

n	

n	

n	

n	

In entering 2014, Iluka’s business approach has the following 
key elements:  
n		
n	
n	
n	
n		 maintaining a strong balance sheet; 
n	

a focus on shareholder returns;
		flexing asset operation in line with market demand; 
		continuing market development; 
		preserving and advancing mineral sands growth opportunities; 

		continue to evaluate/pursue corporate growth 
opportunities; and 
		acting counter-cyclically where appropriate.

n	

I thank employees for their unceasing pursuit of our objective: to 
create and deliver value for shareholders, in a manner consistent 
at  all  times  with  our  corporate  values  –  commitment,  integrity 
and responsibility.

I thank shareholders and the Iluka Board for their support. I would 
also  like  to  convey  my  appreciation  to  our  valued  customers, 
contractors and suppliers. Their professionalism in what has been 
a challenging period is appreciated.

David Robb 
Managing Director

15

ORE RESERVES 
AND MINERAL 
RESOURCES

The  following  table  provides  a  summary  of  Iluka’s  Ore  Reserves  and  Mineral  Resources  as 
at  31  December  2013.  Iluka’s  complete  Ore  Reserves  and  Mineral  Resources  statement  is 
available on pages 133 to 135 of this document and on Iluka’s website www.iluka.com.

SUMMARY ORE RESERVES AND MINERAL RESOURCES

ORE RESERVES

In Situ Heavy Mineral 

Tonnes (millions)

Opening Reserves 2013
Production/depletions
New Ore Reserves/adjustments
Closing Ore Reserves
Ore Reserves net change

MINERAL RESOURCES

29.0
(2.5)
0.1
26.6
(2.3)

In Situ Heavy Mineral

Tonnes (millions)

Opening Mineral Resources 2013
Production/depletions
New Mineral Resources/adjustments
Closing Mineral Resources
Mineral Resources net change

Totals may not add due to rounding.

122.7
(2.5)
58.5
178.7
56.0

Ore Reserves decreased by 2.3 million tonnes of heavy mineral, following mining depletion and adjustments. 

Mineral Resources increased by 56.0 million tonnes of heavy mineral, net of mining depletion and adjustments (sale, relinquishment, 
exploration discovery and development and write-downs).

Ore Reserves Cover (Ore Reserves divided by annual depletion) is approximately 10 years at 2013 depletion rates (a lower than usual 
year of depletions), while the amount of Mineral Resources (which is inclusive of Ore Reserves) is approximately 6 times the Ore 
Reserve level.

The movement in Ore Reserves and Mineral Resources are described on the opposite page.

Page 16

16

 
ILUKA ANNUAL REPORT 2013

Atlantic Seaboard, Virginia / North Carolina, 
United States

Ore  Reserves  in  the  United  States  decreased  by  0.3  million 
tonnes of heavy mineral. Mining depletion (0.3 million tonnes) and  
write-downs  were  offset  slightly  by  0.1  million  tonnes  of 
increased ore reserves at the Hickory deposit with the acquisition 
of additional leases.

Mineral Resources increased marginally. Mining depletions were 
largely  offset  by  increased  resources  at  Hickory,  Old  Hickory, 
Brink and Aurelian Springs deposits as a result of the additional 
leases and updated resource estimates. 

Sri Lanka

Mineral Resources of 56.2 million tonnes of heavy mineral were 
recorded  as  a  result  of  Iluka  being  granted  four  Sri  Lankan 
exploration  tenements  and  acquiring  Sri  Lankan  based  PKD 
Resources  (Pvt)  Ltd,  the  holder  of  an  additional  exploration 
tenement. 

Eucla Basin, South Australia

Eucla  Basin  Ore  Reserves  decreased  by  0.7  million  tonnes  of 
heavy mineral, principally associated with mining depletion from 
the Jacinth deposit. 

Eucla Basin Mineral Resources increased by 1.4 million tonnes of 
heavy mineral as mining depletion at Jacinth (0.7 million tonnes) 
and  write-downs  were  offset  by  increased  inferred  heavy 
mineral resources.

Perth Basin, Western Australia

Ore Reserves in the Perth Basin decreased by 0.2 million tonnes 
of heavy mineral, inclusive of mining depletion from the Eneabba 
and Tutunup South deposits. 

Perth Basin Mineral Resources decreased by 0.9 million tonnes 
due to mining and updated resource estimates  at  the Tutunup, 
Cataby and Scotts’ deposits.

Murray Basin, Victoria / New South Wales

Murray Basin Ore Reserves decreased by 1.1 million tonnes of heavy 
mineral due to mining depletion at the Woornack, Rownack and Pirro 
deposits (0.8 million tonnes of heavy mineral) and write-offs. 

Mineral  Resources  decreased  by  0.8  million  tonnes  of  heavy 
mineral  with  mining  depletions  and  write-offs  partially  offset 
by the addition of the Manly heavy mineral resource (0.6 million 
tonnes of heavy mineral).

 17

OPERATIONAL  
REVIEW

Iluka implemented major operational adjustments in 2013, reflecting the company’s approach to operate assets 
flexibly and in line with market demand. This resulted in lower overall production, as conveyed on page 8 which 
in turn led to a drawdown of finished goods inventory for zircon and rutile, although heavy mineral concentrate 
built during the year as a result of a focus on balancing unit costs with inventory objectives. 

EUCLA BASIN 
SOUTH AUSTRALIA

PERTH BASIN 
WESTERN AUSTRALIA

MURRAY BASIN 
VICTORIA/NEW SOUTH WALES

VIRGINIA 
UNITED STATES

Highest global  
zircon assemblage deposit.

Ilmenite mining, mineral processing and 
ilmenite upgrading (synthetic rutile).

Major rutile production, significant  
associated zircon stream.

Chloride ilmenite and associated  
zircon production.

Cash production costs declined appreciably year-on-year and are 
at  lower  levels  than  in  years  of  more  typical  production.  Iluka 
maintains  a  capability  to  respond  rapidly  through  reactivating 
capacity,  as  market  demand  recovers.  Overall,  mineral  sands 
production (zircon, rutile, synthetic rutile and ilmenite) in 2013 
was approximately 30 per cent below 2012 levels, a year also 
of constrained production, and around 40 per cent below 2010-
2011 levels, years of more usual operational settings

Australian operations

Iluka’s  two  mineral  separation  plants  in  Australia  operated 
at  reduced  capacity  during  the  year.  The  Narngulu,  Western 
Australia,  mineral  separation  plant  operated  at  approximately 
45 per cent capacity during the year through idling plant 1 from 
April and reducing plant 2 utilisation to below 50 per cent. The 
Hamilton, Murray Basin mineral separation plant operated on a 
one-month-on, one-month-off basis in the first half of the year, 

followed  by  continuous  operation  from  July  to  October  before 
being idled at the end of the year. The constraining of processing 
capacity, as opposed to major changes in mining rates, was the 
major factor that reduced overall production.

Mining at Jacinth-Ambrosia in South Australia and the Woornack, 
Rownack, Pirro deposits in the Murray Basin was at full capacity 
during in the year. This approach, especially with lower prevailing 
zircon prices, optimised unit cash costs of production for heavy 
mineral  concentrate.  Shipping  of  heavy  mineral  concentrate 
from Jacinth-Ambrosia to Narngulu and Hamilton ceased in the  
first half of the year to reduce cash expenditure. This resulted 
in elevated volumes of heavy mineral concentrate stocks being 
built at the Jacinth-Ambrosia site. 

An improvement in demand in some zircon markets resulted in the 
draw-down zircon finished goods inventories. Recommencement 
of limited shipment of heavy mineral concentrate from Jacinth-
Ambrosia to either the Narngulu or Hamilton mineral separation 

18

ILUKA ANNUAL REPORT 2013

plants in the second half of the year facilitated the restocking of 
parts of the logistics chain. Heavy mineral concentrate feed for 
the  Hamilton  mineral  separation  plant  was  also  adjusted  to  a 
higher  proportion  of  Jacinth-Ambrosia  material  (approximately 
20 per cent) to produce additional zircon final product.

Synthetic rutile kiln 2 in South West Western Australia was idled 
in  June  2013,  as  planned.  Of  Iluka’s  four  kilns,  this  was  the 
remaining kiln operational during the year (synthetic rutile kiln 
3 in Narngulu, Western Australia was idled in December 2012) 
and as such, no synthetic rutile was produced in the second half 
of  the  year. The  Eneabba  and Tutunup  South  mines  in Western 
Australia were idled from April and June 2013, respectively. The 
synthetic rutile 2 kiln and the Tutunup South mine are expected to 
remain idled in 2014. Both can be reactivated rapidly as demand 
recovers.

United States operation

Iluka’s  Virginia  operations  were  idled  over  Christmas  and 
New Year  period  in  2012/13  with  operations  recommencing  in 
February. 

During the year, the Concord mining unit was moved as planned 
in the September quarter. Mining at both the Concord and Brink 
deposits was in lower grade areas, resulting in the Stony Creek 
mineral separation plant operating below capacity.

Stronger 2013 market demand for zircon compared with a lower 
requirement  for  ilmenite  (as  anticipated  at  the  end  of  2012) 
resulted  in  increased  ilmenite  stocks  and  a  decision  to  defer 
the  scheduled  Concord  mining  unit  move,  idle  that  plant  and 
rely  on  the  Brink  mining  operation  for  required  heavy  mineral 
concentrate production. This action occurred subsequent to the 
end of 2013 in early 2014. 

Iluka operations – 2013 and 2012 production levels

Production

Australian operations 

Eucla / Perth Basins
Zircon
Rutile
Ilmenite
Synthetic rutile

Murray Basin
Zircon
Rutile 
Ilmenite

Australian operations total
Zircon
Rutile
Ilmenite
Synthetic rutile

United States operation
Zircon
Ilmenite

Note: Numbers are rounded to nearest whole number.

2012

kt

158
50
291
248

136
170
169

294
220
459
248

49
215

2013

kt

186
33
211
59

60
94
184

246
127
395
59

40
190

19

MARKET  
CONDITIONS

Demand  for  zircon  and  titanium  dioxide  products  was  at,  or  close  to,  a  cyclical  low  over  
2012 and 2013. While a recovery was evident across some markets during 2013, fragile business 
confidence as well as ongoing economic uncertainty, especially in Europe, contributed to an uneven 
pattern of demand across Iluka’s main products, sales regions and end markets relative to 2012.

The global zircon market partially recovered in 2013, although 
demand growth was uneven across regions and end applications. 
Solid sales were recorded in China, the largest market for zircon, 
mainly reflecting demand from the ceramics sector as underlying 
demand in the tile market was robust. A feature towards the end 
of the year was that zircon sand inventories held by customers 
in  China  were  again  at  low  levels,  with  customers  continuing 
to  order  on  an  “as  required”  basis  and  with  some  holding 
back  from  buying  activities  as  prices  softened  marginally.  
The  traditional  low  season  (December  to  Chinese  New Year), 
means muted buying activity is expected early in 2014. 

There  was  little  improvement  in  demand  in  the  zirconium 
chemicals market in 2013, due to weak export markets for China 
production.

influenced  by 

North  American  demand,  mainly 
industrial 
applications  such  as  precision  casting,  as  well  as  ceramic  tile 
and sanitary ware applications, aided by a recovery in the United 
States  economy  and  housing  market,  was  generally  stable. 
Working capital decisions by several US customers resulted in 
the rescheduling of some ordering expected in the second half 
of 2013, but overall, as with China, North American demand has 
been solid.

Demand in other regions remained subdued, including Europe, 
and its ceramic exports markets in the Middle East was weak, 
as it was in North Africa, Brazil, India, Japan and parts of South-
East Asia. 

Iluka principally sells into the high grade titanium dioxide market, 
of which pigment producers account for over 90 per cent of end 
demand. At the beginning of 2013, pigment inventories held by 
most major western pigment producers were highly elevated as 
a result of weak demand in 2012. Over the course of the year 
these  inventories  were  progressively  drawn  down  as  pigment 
plant  yields  were  as  low  as  60-75  per  cent,  relative  to  usual 
operating  levels  of  around  90  per  cent.  Lower  grade  titanium 
feedstocks were favoured during this period, while feedstocks 
sold  under  remaining  lower  priced  legacy  contracts  further 
reduced demand for Iluka’s higher grade products. By the end 
of the year, public commentary by pigment producers indicated 
that pigment inventories were approaching normal levels. As a 
result,  while  still  subject  to  downstream  markets  (paints  and 
coatings  demand),  ordering  patterns  for  high  grade  titanium 
feedstock are expected to recover.

The  titanium  metal  and  welding  markets  also  displayed  weak 
demand in 2013.

Mineral sands prices

Iluka’s weighted average received zircon price commenced 2013 
materially  lower  than  the  weighted  average  2012  levels  and 
remained stable for much of the year before softening slightly 
in the fourth quarter. Iluka’s weighted average zircon price for 
2013  of  US$1,150  per  tonne  was  44  per  cent  lower  than  the 
weighted average 2012 level. 

Lower demand for high grade titanium products and competitive 
pricing  behaviour  led  to  material  reductions  in  prices  from 
levels in 2012. Iluka’s weighted average rutile price declined 56 
per  cent  to  US$1,069  per  tonne  and  the  synthetic  rutile  price 
declined 35 per cent to US$1,150 per tonne.

20

ILUKA ANNUAL REPORT 2013

Iluka weighted average prices US$/t FOB

2009

2010

2011

2012

2013

Zircon
Rutile
Synthetic rutile
Iluka revenue per tonne of Z/R/SR sold 
(US$/tonne) 

850
540
425

550

880
550
450

684

1,886
1,174
878

1,453

2,080
2,464
1,771

2,056

1,150
1,069
1,150

1,135

Mineral sands sales by region

The  international  geographical  distribution  of  Iluka’s  mineral 
sands  revenues  is  typically  reasonably  balanced.  In  2013, 
revenues have been skewed towards China, mainly reflecting the 
relatively robust zircon demand in this market. The lower demand 
in  Europe  and  the  Americas,  mainly  reflects  lower  demand 
for  high  grade  feedstocks  from  traditional  pigment  producer 
customers in these locations, as well as lower European demand 
for zircon reflecting market conditions in this region and for its 
export markets.

2012 MINERAL SANDS SALES
REVENUE BY REGION

Americas
21%

Europe
25%

Asia
30%

China
23%

Middle East
and Africa
1%

2013 MINERAL SANDS SALES
REVENUE BY REGION

Europe
21%

Americas
18%

China
40%

Asia
20%

Middle East
and Africa
1%

 21

Page 21

GROWTH

Iluka’s approach to growth is focussed on creating and delivering shareholder value by utilising 
the company’s expertise and existing assets, as well as pursuing new opportunities. The following 
are the main areas of Iluka’s growth focus.

NEW PROJECTS 

Advancing  internal  projects  to  provide  options  to 
extend and/or increase mineral sands production.

EXPLORATION

Providing the platform for future growth by replacing 
and  growing  the  company’s  resources  and  reserves, 
as  well  as  utilising  the  company’s  existing  tenement 
holding and expanding to new regions and commodities 
to generate potential new development opportunities.

INNOVATION  
AND TECHNOLOGY

Enhancing the returns generated from Iluka’s resource 
and production base as well as identifying and advancing 
new technologies.

ACQUISITIONS

Assessment of external mineral sands and non-mineral 
sands acquisition, partnering or investment opportunities. 
Any decision to proceed is based on acquisition criteria 
that relate to financial metrics (return, cash flow profile, 
payback),  quality  of  asset,  level  of  risk  and  fit  with 
existing Iluka business.

 22
22

 
ILUKA ANNUAL REPORT 2013

New Projects

Iluka progressed several internal mineral sands projects during 2013. Each of these projects 
provides the company with options to extend or increase production. Final investment decisions 
will be based on strict financial criteria and a consideration of market supply/demand conditions.

Hickory, Virginia, United States

The Hickory mineral sands deposits are lower grade than those 
mined  to  date,  but  contain  high  quality  chloride  ilmenite  and 
associated  zircon  products  and  are  located  close  to  Iluka’s 
existing Stony Creek mineral separation plant. 

The definitive feasibility study for the project was completed in 
December 2012. In 2013, detailed engineering was completed for 
the concentrator and mine, construction bids were received from 
contractors,  operating  permits  were  advanced  and  investment 
incentives secured from the Commonwealth of Virginia. Work is 
continuing to optimise the mine and tailings plan, finalise designs 
and secure mining permits. 

Aurelian Springs, North Carolina, United States 

The Aurelian Springs project comprises the potential development 
of  several  mineral  sands  deposits  in  Halifax  County,  North 
Carolina,  approximately  90  kilometres  south  of  Iluka’s  Stony 
Creek mineral separation plant. The deposits contain high quality 
chloride, sulphate ilmenite and zircon. Currently, it is proposed 
that  Iluka  will  utilise  existing  infrastructure  by  relocating  the 
Concord mining unit and concentrator plant to the site. 

The pre-feasibility study was completed in 2013 and confirmed 
that  ilmenite  from  the  deposits  is  suitable  for  use  in  both  the 
chloride  pigment  manufacturing  process  and  the  sulphate 
pigment manufacturing process. This significantly increases the 
marketability of the product. 

The definitive feasibility study work is underway and includes the 
acquisition of the remaining land, securing of permits, detailing 
the work plan for relocation of the mine and concentrator, and 
developing a detailed cost estimate and time schedule.

West Balranald and Nepean, Murray Basin, 
New South Wales

West  Balranald  and  Nepean  are  two  rutile-rich  mineral  sands 
deposits  in  the  northern  Murray  Basin,  New  South  Wales.  
If  approved  for  development,  the  two  deposits  have  potential 
to  provide  for  approximately  eight  years  of  rutile,  zircon  and 
associated ilmenite fractions. 

During  2013,  the  pre-feasibility  study  for  the  project  was 
completed  and  a  definitive  feasibility  study  commenced. 
This  study  is  a  two  part  exercise  that  will  initially  confirm 
hydrogeological  models  through  an  extensive  pilot  programme 
and  complete  additional  detailed  mining  simulations,  followed 
by detailed engineering required for project execution. Ilmenite 
from the deposits continues to be assessed for its suitability as 
a  synthetic  rutile  feed.  Impact  assessments  and  stakeholder 
consultation  has  continued,  as  has  progressing  the  necessary 
regulatory approvals. An innovative alternative mining method is 
also being assessed for the region.

Cataby, Western Australia

Cataby  is  a  mineral  sands  deposit,  located  north  of  Perth. 
The  deposit  contains  chloride  ilmenite  but  is  also  expected  to 
produce material volumes of zircon. 

The  pre-feasibility  study  on  the  deposit  was  completed,  as 
planned, in mid-2013. Subsequent to the completion of the pre-
feasibility  study,  approvals  and  funding  were  provided  by  the 
Board  to  commence  a  definitive  feasibility  study. This  study  is 
intended to be completed in 2014.

Sonoran, Atacama and Typhoon, Eucla Basin, 
South Australia

The Sonoran, Atacama and Typhoon deposits are chloride ilmenite 
and zircon bearing satellite deposits located in close proximity 
to Iluka’s current Jacinth-Ambrosia operation. Chloride ilmenite 
from these deposits is expected to be suitable as a feed source 
to Iluka’s synthetic rutile kilns or for direct sale. 

Over  the  year,  the  pre-feasibility  study  for  the  development  of 
these deposits was progressed and is scheduled for completion 
in  2014.  Innovative  mining  and  processing  design  work  is 
included in the scope of the pre-feasibility study.

23

GROWTH

Iluka  maintains  a  well-resourced  and  highly  capable  exploration  function,  and  views  exploration  success  and 
associated resource and reserve growth, as fundamental to the sustainability and growth the business. Iluka has an 
exploration team of  50 individuals, including geologists, geophysicists, drilling  engineers, tenements/land personnel.  
In Australia, Iluka has a large tenement holding of over 50 thousand square kilometres. International exploration 
activities now encompass early stage reconnaissance through to tenement acquisition and drilling in 11 countries.  
The company’s Project Generation team seeks to identify new search spaces for mineral sands internationally. Iluka 
possesses its own internal drilling capability.

24

24

Exploration

In  recent  years,  following  the  delineation  and  development 
of  new  operations  in  the  Eucla  Basin  and  Murray  Basin,  the 
exploration  effort  has  become  predominantly  greenfield  in 
orientation. Iluka will continue to explore in the Perth, Eucla and 
Murray Basins, though increasingly exploration activities will be 
focused  in  other  Australian  and  international  areas.  In  2013, 
Iluka significantly increased its exploration outside of Australia, 
with drilling programs undertaken in the United States and Brazil 
and early stage reconnaissance in Africa and Asia. 

Iluka  also  recognises  the  potential  to  create  value 
for  
shareholders  via  non-mineral  sands  deposits  on  its  tenement 
holdings within Australia and elsewhere and recently established 
a  dedicated  capability  to  assess  other  than  mineral  sands 
opportunities on its tenements and as part of tenement acquisition 
criteria.  Exploration  work  on  a  variety  of  metals  on  prospective 
ground  within  Iluka’s  licenced  areas  has  been  initiated  and  the 
company plans to expand these activities in 2014.

ILUKA TENEMENT POSITION
31 December 2013 Total 71,129 km2

Eucla Basin
51%

Other
25%

Brazil
4%

Murray Basin
18%

Perth Basin
2%

EXPLORATION EXPENDITURE 2013
$23.1 MILLION

Australia
57%

Administration
& other costs 
12% 

Other
International
10%

Brazil
10%

United
States
11%

ILUKA ANNUAL REPORT 2013

Australia

Iluka  holds  the  majority  of  exploration  tenements  in  the  Eucla 
Basin,  the  location  of  Iluka’s  Jacinth-Ambrosia  operation. 
The  company’s  tenements  cover  an  area  of  approximately  36 
thousand square kilometres. 

2013 exploration activity in the Eucla Basin included:
n	

		over  35  thousand  metres  of  drilling  on  Eucla  Basin 
tenements with 90 per cent of that drilling on greenfields 
targets. Greenfields exploration drilling primarily focussed 
on  the  following  areas:  the  Bay  of  Plenty,  to  the  east  of 
Atacama/Sonoran, the Yumburra region, Immarna North, 
and southwest of the Mojave prospect; 
		brownfield  exploration  drilling  within  20  kilometres  of 
Jacinth-Ambrosia,  approximately  10  per  cent  of  total 
drilling, and focussed  immediately north and  east  of  the 
Atacama deposit; and
		interpretation  of  earlier  drilling  data  for  the  Atacama 
deposit  which  led  to  the  reporting  of  resources  from 
two  new  strands  delineated  on  the  western  side  of  the 
Atacama  deposit,  reflected  in  the  Mineral  Resources 
section of this Report. 

REVENUE BY REGION

n	

n	

In 2014, Iluka will continue exploration in the Eucla Basin with 
follow up drilling on a number of mineralised targets identified 
in 2013.  

Iluka’s  second  main  area  of  current  exploration  commitment 
is  on  the  company’s  Murray  Basin  tenement  holdings  across 
Victoria,  eastern  South  Australia  and  south  west  New  South 
Wales.  Over  23  thousand  metres  of  drilling  on  Murray  Basin 
tenements was completed with more than 90 per cent focussed 
on greenfield activities.

The 2013 exploration activities included:
n	

		exploration in Victoria, focussed in East Gippsland to test 
new areas where Iluka is seeking to locate stratigraphy 
suitable for hosting mineral sands and in the north west 
portion of the Murray Basin;
		greenfield exploration undertaken to assess new targets 
in south eastern South Australia along the western margin 
and central portions of the Murray Basin; and
		mineral resource delineation programs continuing on the 
West Balranald deposits as part of studies for the potential 
development of these large rutile-dominated deposits. 

n	

n	

Iluka’s  also  holds  tenements  in  the  Canning  Basin  in  north 
west Western  Australia.  In  2013,  over  10  thousand  metres  of 
greenfield drilling was completed on these tenements, including 
assessing  new  targets  in  the  western  Canning  Basin  to  locate 
stratigraphy suitable for hosting mineral sands. 

25

GROWTH

Exploration

Eucla Basin, South Australia

WESTERN
AUSTRALIA

SOUTH
AUSTRALIA

EUCLA BASIN

Eucla

Ambrosia
Jacinth

Atacama
Typhoon
Sonoran
Tripitaka

Ceduna
Streaky Bay

Perth Basin

Eucla Basin

Murray Basin

Port Augusta

Port Pirie

NEW SOUTH

WALES

LEGEND

Mine

Heavy mineral deposit

Iluka tenements

Appications

Port Lincoln

Adelaide

Mildura

Ouyen

Hamilton

Portland

VICTORIA

Melbourne

Murray Basin and Eastern Region

Eucla

SOUTH
AUSTRALIA

Broken Hill

NEW SOUTH
WALES

Perth Basin

Eucla Basin

Murray Basin

MURRAY BASIN

Mildura

Nepean

Adelaide

Euston

Ouyen

Woornack, Rownack
& Pirro

West Balranald
Balranald

LEGEND

Mine

Mineral separation plant

Proposed mine site

Heavy mineral deposit

Iluka tenements

Joint venture tenements

Hamilton MSP

Portland

VICTORIA

Melbourne

Gippsland
Basin

26

Port of Geraldton

Narngulu MSP

Cataby

Perth

WEST AUSTRALIA

Kalgoorlie

Esperance

North Capel

Bunbury

Tutunup & Tutunup South

ILUKA ANNUAL REPORT 2013

Puttalam, Sri Lanka

In  2013  Iluka  was  granted  four  exploration  tenements  and 
acquired Sri Lankan based PKD Resources (Pvt) Ltd, the holder 
of  an  additional  exploration  tenement. The  deposits  are  large, 
long life and considered potentially very competitive in terms of 
scale and grade. 

The total resource is 688 million tonnes of material at an average 
heavy mineral grade of 8.2 per cent, representing a 45 per cent 
increase  to  Iluka’s  2012  heavy  mineral  resource  inventory.  
The resource contains predominantly sulphate ilmenite. 

The  Puttalam  deposits  are  subject  to  evaluation  for  potential 
development at an early stage.

Puttalam, Sri Lanka

PQ

Kalpitiya

EL/170

Watti North

Puttalam

Anuradhapura

EL/235

Watti

Watti East

SRI LANKA

Colombo

Galle

Power Plant

Puttalam

Crows Nest

Teak

EL/233

COCO 1

COCO 2

Raja

Yams
Joy

N

3

km

6

0

EL/234

Anamaduwa

LEGEND

Iluka SL Deposit Outlines

PKD Granted EL

PKD EL Applications

Iluka SL Granted ELs

27

GROWTH

Innovation and technology

Iluka views investment in mineral sands innovation and technology as important to maximising the 
value created from existing operations, enabling the development of non-traditional mineral sands 
projects and introducing new products to enhance customers’ production processes and final products. 
The company has a dedicated team of industry and technical experts to further work in these areas.

 28
28

ILUKA ANNUAL REPORT 2013

Iluka  also  contributes  to  the  work  of  the  Zircon  Industry 
Association (ZIA), an independent body promoting the benefits 
and  use  of  zircon  through  industry  collaboration,  product 
support, innovation, research and market development. Iluka is 
represented on the Board and on various technical committees 
and  believes  the  ZIA  has  the  ability  to  advance  the  interests 
of  participants  at  all  levels  of  the  zircon  value  chain. The  ZIA 
also  fosters  linkages  with  other  industry  bodies,  research 
and  academic  institutions.  Over  the  year,  the  ZIA  focussed 
into  technologically  advanced  and  emerging 
on  research 
applications  of  zircon,  ceramic  applications  and  addressing 
sustainability  and  regulatory  issues  relating  to  zircon  use.  
In  2014,  the  ZIA  intends  to  further  investigate  potential  new 
zircon applications and support emerging markets.

In  February  2014,  Iluka  announced  that  it  had  concluded  an 
Investment  Agreement  with  the  private,  UK  based,  Metalysis 
Limited for an interest of 18.3 per cent of the company. Iluka’s 
involvement as a major shareholder and funding partner provides 
access to a new, potentially disruptive technology which is close 
to commercialisation, and the potential benefits of a new source 
of high grade titanium dioxide feedstock demand.

Several  projects  were  progressed  over  the  year  as  well  as 
research  continuing  in  the  areas  of  mining  technology  and 
product development.

In 2013, Iluka undertook pilot trials for the production of Acid 
Soluble  Synthetic  Rutile  (ASSR),  including  production  at  a  test 
facility  in  Europe. This  involved  utilising  Murray  Basin  ilmenite 
and different coal blends under varying operational settings and 
followed on from test work conducted in Iluka kiln facilities in 
Australia. Samples of the material were provided to a selection 
of customers for their initial evaluation. Iluka’s decision to idle 
its  synthetic  rutile  capacity  has  meant  a  more  extensive  trial 
has  been  deferred.  Technical  and  commercial  evaluation  will 
recommence when market conditions warrant.

Investigations  on  the  processing  of  the  fine  grained  Murray 
Basin deposits also continued. Test work performed at the Iluka 
research  facilities  focussed  on  traditional  technologies  used 
in  the  mineral  sands  industry,  as  well  as  alternative  process 
technologies  to  concentrate  and  separate  the  fine  grained 
heavy minerals, including those that contain elevated levels of 
radioactive elements.

Other  work  over  the  year  included  research  into  new  mineral 
sands  mining  techniques  to  assist  with  the  development  of 
non-traditional  deposits,  investigation  on  improved  and  more 
cost-effective  methods  to  handle  mining  by-products,  and 
the  expansion  of  capabilities  at  Iluka’s  metallurgical  testing 
facility, enabling investigation of a wider range of mineral sands 
materials and end products.

 29
29

SUSTAINABLE  
DEVELOPMENT

Iluka is committed to operating in a sustainable manner

The company believes operating in a sustainable and responsible manner contributes to its primary 
objective:  to  create  and  deliver  value  for  shareholders.  In  practice,  this  means  consideration  of 
environmental, social and economic implications prior to, throughout and following the closure of 
operations. This is central to Iluka’s licence to operate and underpins the future growth of the business. 

Iluka’s  environmental,  social  and  economic  performance  is 
overseen  by  the  Board  and  is  supported  by  a  management 
system  that  defines  how  the  company  will  deliver  its  business 
objectives, and the framework within which its employees and 
contractors  are  expected  to  work.  Iluka’s  senior  management 
are accountable for delivering sustainability objectives. 

Iluka’s sustainability objectives are to achieve: 
n	

		high levels of environmental, health and safety 
performance;

n		

n		

 sound planning, control and risk management systems; 
and 

 stakeholder relationships which, over time, are mutually 
beneficial.

 30
30

ILUKA ANNUAL REPORT 2013

Health and Safety

The health and safety of Iluka’s employees, contractors and visitors to Iluka’s sites is a priority.

Contractor management 

Contractors are an integral part of Iluka’s business. An initiative 
to  improve  the  company’s  management  of  contractors  was 
initiated in February 2012 and continued in 2013. The objectives 
of the programme are to:
n	

		standardise business processes regarding contractor  
pre-qualification;
		validate sustainability systems, commitments and 
performance of approved contractors; and
		conduct audits on identified contractors conducting high-risk 
work to ensure their on-going suitability to perform work.

n	

n	

Further  auditing  of  contractors  conducting  high-risk  works,  
pre-qualification  of  new  contractors  onto  Iluka’s  approved 
supplier list and ongoing evaluation of contractor performance 
were  carried  out 
improvements  to 
in  2013.  Appropriate 
contractor  practices  will  be  embedded  into  Iluka’s  procedural 
systems in 2014. 

Iluka’s  primary  safety  measures,  in  accordance  with  industry 
practice, include: lost time injury frequency rate (LTIFR) and total 
recordable injury frequency rate (TRIFR). The relative severity of 
injuries is tracked by means of a severity rate, a measure not 
normally employed in the industry. The company also measures 
a series of proactive or leading measures, such as the number 
of  safety  visits  and  planned  workplace  inspections  as  well  as 
hazard cards. Health and safety performance is reported to the 
Board on a monthly basis.

In 2013, Iluka achieved strong year-on-year improvements and 
met its internal targets. The lost time injury frequency rate for 
Iluka reduced from 1.9 in 2012 down to 0.3 at the end of 2013. 
Similarly,  the  total  recordable  injury  frequency  rate  decreased 
from 10.5 in 2012 to 4.6. The severity rate decreased by 28 per cent.

For further statistical information, refer to page 136.

Safe Production Leadership programme

In 2011, the company established the Safe Production Leadership 
(SPL) programme with the aim of improving the company’s safety 
culture and performance. Since its inception, approximately 200 
employees  and  contractors  have  completed  Iluka’s  leadership 
skills training. 

The  performance  improvements  on  the  metrics  of  LTIFR  and 
TRIFR  since  the  implementation  of  SPL  highlight  the  success 
of the programme. Iluka’s LTIFR has improved from 4.1 in April 
2011 to 0.3 at the end of December 2013. In the period, the TRIFR 
started at 16.1 and improved to 4.6, a 71.4 per cent reduction. 

LOST TIME INJURY FREQUENCY RATE (LTIFR)
5 YEAR HISTORY

TOTAL RECORDABLE INJURY FREQUENCY RATE (TRIFR)
5 YEAR HISTORY

5

4

3

2

1

0

20

15

10

5

0

9
0

–

n
a
J

9
0

–
r
p
A

9
0

–

l
u
J

9
0

–

t
c
O

0
1

–

n
a
J

0
1

–
r
p
A

0
1

–

l
u
J

0
1

–

t
c
O

1
1

–

n
a
J

1
1

–
r
p
A

1
1

–

l
u
J

1
1

–

t
c
O

2
1

–

n
a
J

2
1

–
r
p
A

2
1

–

l
u
J

2
1

–

t
c
O

3
1

–

n
a
J

3
1

–
r
p
A

3
1

–

l
u
J

3
1

–

t
c
O

9
0

–

n
a
J

9
0

–
r
p
A

9
0

–

l
u
J

9
0

–

t
c
O

0
1

–

n
a
J

0
1

–
r
p
A

0
1

–

l
u
J

0
1

–

t
c
O

1
1

–

n
a
J

1
1

–
r
p
A

1
1

–

l
u
J

1
1

–

t
c
O

2
1

–

n
a
J

2
1

–
r
p
A

2
1

–

l
u
J

2
1

–

t
c
O

3
1

–

n
a
J

3
1

–
r
p
A

3
1

–

l
u
J

3
1

–

t
c
O

TRIFR, LTIFR and Severity Rate expressed per million hours worked (includes both permanent employee and contractor hours).

TRIFR = (sum of lost time injuries + medical treatment injuries + first aid and minors assessed as restricted work cases) x 1 million divided by the actual hours worked. 

31

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
SUSTAINABLE  
DEVELOPMENT

Environment

Iluka’s  approach  to  environmental  management  is  based  on  understanding  and  minimising 
potential impacts of its operations on the environment. It also includes developing effective 
plans for the cessation of operations and rehabilitation of disturbed areas, and using resources 
efficiently. 

The  company’s  environment,  health  and  safety  management 
system  governs  how  potential  environmental  impacts  are 
managed  throughout  all  phases  of  Iluka’s  operations  -  from 
exploration through to mine closure. Each operational site has 
its  own  management  plan  that  identifies  and  mitigates  risks 
unique to that operating environment.

The  company  has  in-house  environment  and  rehabilitation 
professionals responsible for identification and management of 
Iluka’s  environmental  risks,  with  performance  reported  to  the 
Board on a monthly basis.

Iluka recognises that compliance with legislative requirements is 
the minimum standard that it should achieve while performing at 
or beyond legal requirements is means of achieving operational 
efficiency, competitive advantage and industry leadership. 

In 2013, the key areas of environmental performance and risk 
management included:
n		 environmental incident reporting, investigation and 

management;

Environmental incident reporting

to 

Iluka  uses  an  event  management  system 
record 
environmental incidents, which are then classified according to 
the severity of the potential impact to the environment. Level 1 
incidents have no or minimal impact, and Level 5 incidents have 
the greatest potential cumulative impact over time. The number 
of  incidents  being  reported  has  increased  steadily,  which  the 
company  considers  a  positive  indication  of  a  culture  prepared 
to report a range of incidents. In 2013, the number of incidents 
classified Level 3 and above was 57, similar to the level in 2012, 
however fewer level 4 incidents were reported. Investigations 
determined  equipment  design  factors,  inadequacy  in  internal 
controls and procedures and poor risk assessment as the main 
contributing factors for Level 3 and above incidents.

land management and rehabilitation;

n	
n	
n	 water management.

energy efficiency; and 

Environmental incident performance 2011 to 2013

Indicator Classification1

Level 1
Level 2
Level 3
Level 4
Level 5

Total

2011

481
180
82
3
0

746

2012

796
187
43
16
0
  1,042

1Level 1 incidents have no or minimal impact, and Level 5 incidents have the greatest potential cumulative impact over time. 

2013

777
145
45
12
0

979

32

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ILUKA ANNUAL REPORT 2013

Land management and rehabilitation 

Land  management,  rehabilitation  and  closure  activities  are 
a  major  focus  in  the  mine  planning  phase  and  constitute  a 
significant, ongoing part of the company’s activities. 

Iluka’s  practices  are  guided  by  standards  and  procedures 
within its environment, health and safety management system. 
Rehabilitation  efforts  are  aligned  with  accepted 
leading 
practice, applicable legislation and undertaken in a socially and 
environmentally responsible manner. 

During  2013,  Iluka  rehabilitated1  957  hectares  of  land  which 
represents  a  54  per  cent  increase  when  compared  with  619 
hectares  rehabilitated  in  2012.  The  main  locations  where 
rehabilitation  activity  occurred 
include  Iluka’s  Mid  West 
operations  in  Western  Australia  and  in  the  Murray  Basin  in 
Victoria,  since  mining  was  completed  at  the  Eneabba,  Kulwin, 
Echo and Douglas deposits during 2012. Rehabilitation at Iluka’s 
Lulaton operation in Florida, United States, has been completed, 
seven  years  post  mining.  The  company’s  mining  permit  was 
relinquished in December 2013. The table below provides details 
of  a  range  of  rehabilitation  activities  and  progress  at  Iluka’s 
sites in 2013.

Overview of rehabilitation activities3

New disturbance is 48 per cent lower at 572 hectares in 2013 
compared  with  1,097  hectares  in  2012,  with  the  major  earth-
moving  works  completed  at  Woornack,  Rownack  and  Pirro 
(Murray Basin) and Eneabba (Perth Basin) in the previous year. 
The  provision  of  access  tracks  as  part  of  Iluka’s  exploration 
activities  is  the  major  contributor  to  new  disturbance  of 
277  hectares,  and  further  development  in  the  Murray  Basin 
accounted for 191 hectares of land clearing.

Iluka’s  land  use  for  exploration  has  increased  steadily  and 
accounts for approximately 20 per cent of Iluka’s total area of 
land  open  (total  disturbed  area). This  reflects  the  company’s 
broader  exploration  strategy  with  reconnaissance  and  drilling 
programmes occurring globally, in particular, in South America 
and Sri Lanka, as well as a proportion of land having completed 
rehabilitation  however  still  defined  as  open  area  until  the 
tenement is relinquished.2 

For further statistical information, refer to the table below and 
page 137.

Site (year mining completed)

Nature of rehabilitation activities

Perth Basin, Western Australia

Eneabba, Mid West (idled)

•  130 hectares of rehabilitation to pasture completed

•  final land-use design submitted to landowner 

• 25 hectares seeding and planting of native vegetation

Waroona, South West (2008)

• rehabilitation completed to monitoring and maintenance phase

Murray Basin, Victoria

Kulwin (2012)

•  101 hectares rehabilitated, final 62 hectares scheduled for completion 2014

•  closure plan submitted to DSDBI4 for review

Echo (2012)

•  115 hectares rehabilitated, final 6 hectares to be completed in 2014

Douglas (2012)

•  90 hectares rehabilitated and earthworks to achieve topsoil return

•  final void area re-designed and closure plan submitted to DSDBI

Eucla Basin, South Australia

Jacinth-Ambrosia (continuing)

•  rehabilitation activities on an initial 11 hectares were completed with  

positive germination from topsoil and seed achieved

United States

Old Hickory, Virginia

•  216 hectares of the total 469 hectares disturbed have been returned to final 

pasture and 223 hectares released from bond

Lulaton, Florida (2006)

•  Rehabilitation complete

•  Permit released in December 2013

1  Includes backfilling, topsoil, vegetation established. Exploration rehabilitation includes drill hole and sump remediation, access tracks stable for re-generation in  
12 months, tenement area relinquished.
2  Different regulatory requirements apply for rehabilitation of tenements.
3 Not a complete list of Iluka’s land management and rehabilitation activities.
4 Denotes Department of State Development Business and Innovation..

33

 
SUSTAINABLE  
DEVELOPMENT

Environment

Iluka Chair in Vegetation Science and Biogeography

In  2013,  Iluka  formed  a  partnership  with  The  University  of 
Western  Australia  (UWA)  to  research  and  restore  areas  of 
kwongan  heathland  near  Eneabba  in  the  Mid  West,  Western 
Australia, at one of Iluka’s mining and processing operations.

As  part  of  the  partnership,  Iluka  sponsors  the  Iluka  Chair  in 
Vegetation Science and Biogeography at UWA’s School of Plant 
Biology. The five-year commitment is valued at $1.3 million. 

The appointed Iluka Chair, Winthrop Professor1 Ladislav Mucina, 
is an internationally recognised vegetation scientist, researching 
the  ecology,  classification,  and  mapping  of  vegetation.  His 
research  as  Iluka  Chair  has  commenced  with  investigation 
of  the  assembly  rules  that  govern  kwongan  vegetation.  This 
investigation  aims  to  improve  the  understanding  of  how 
functional  groups  of  species  respond  to  natural  disturbance 
like  drought  and  fire,  which  will  improve  species  selection  for 
resilient rehabilitation. The research also focuses on descriptive 
vegetation  science,  ecological  and  evolutionary  assembly  in 
plant communities, as well as the conservation and restoration 
of  biodiversity  in  species  rich  shrub-lands  around  the  world. 
In  addition  to  his  research,  Professor  Mucina  has  eight 
postgraduate  research  students  training  in  various  aspects  of 
this research. 

Sponsorship  of  the  UWA  Chair  enables  scientifically  based 
information and studies to be conducted independently, ensuring 
credibility and transparency in an area of research fundamental 
to  Iluka’s  ongoing  rehabilitation  activities  at  Eneabba  and  the 
long-term sustainability of kwongan heath.

Geraldton

Eneabba

WESTERN
AUSTRALIA

Perth

Kwongan heathlands 

Perth Basin

Eucla Basin

Murray Basin

 1  Winthrop Professor is the highest professorial title conferred at The University of Western Australia.

34

 
ILUKA ANNUAL REPORT 2013

Energy efficiency

Water management 

Iluka  recognises  the  importance  of  improving  its  energy 
efficiency. Iluka focuses on maintaining and reporting complete, 
accurate and transparent energy and carbon data and actively 
identifying,  assessing  and  prioritising  emissions  minimisation 
and energy efficiency opportunities.

In  2013,  the  company  progressed  its  emissions  minimisation 
strategy  as  part  of  its  compliance  commitments  with  the 
Australian  Government’s  Energy  Efficiency  Opportunities  Act 
2006 (EEO). Energy audits were completed at Iluka’s Mid West 
operations  in  Western  Australia,  and  have  commenced  at  its 
South West operations. Four energy saving opportunities were 
identified  at  the  Narngulu  mineral  separation  plant  in  the  Mid 
West and are subject to further investigation. 

Iluka  complied  with  the  requirements  of  the  carbon  tax,  and 
completed external reporting and permit surrender obligations. 
Settlement  of  its  permit  allowances  and  obligations  was 
complete  in  February  2014.  Iluka  is  not  expected  to  have  a 
carbon permit liability during 2014. 

Iluka expects its compliance requirements will change with the 
Australian Federal Government’s proposed revision of its energy 
efficiency and carbon emissions policy. The company will review 
its management of energy and carbon for compliance with new 
legislative requirements once passed. 

Performance

Iluka’s  carbon  dioxide  emissions  were  333  kilotonnes  (kt)  of 
CO2-e, a reduction of 56 per cent from 2012. The major component 
of Iluka’s emissions relates to synthetic rutile production. Iluka 
has reduced the operation of its synthetic rutile kilns and in 2013 
operated just one of its four kilns for a part of the year.

Water is essential to Iluka’s mining, processing and separation 
processes.   The  company  uses  either  fresh  water  or  naturally 
occurring  hypersaline  water  in  these  processes,  the  latter 
defined  as  water  containing  dissolved  solids  in  excess  of  sea 
water. 

Iluka  recycles  water  where  possible  and  discharges1  are 
managed  responsibly.  Fresh  water  discharges  are  performed 
within  strict  licence  conditions  and  excess  saline  water  is 
disposed  of  back  into  the  original  source  location.  Risks  to 
groundwater resources are managed by monitoring and regular 
interpretation  of  monitoring  data  is  performed  by  aquifer 
reviews. 

Iluka’s  water  use  in  2013  was  10,822  megalitres  which 
represents a decrease of 55.2 per cent from 24,162 megalitres 
used in 2012. Lower water use in the year was associated with a 
lower level of mining, concentrating and processing operations 
in  2013.  Discharges  were  higher,  an  increase  of  32  per  cent 
compared  to  2012.  Iluka’s  US  operations  recorded  a  191  per 
cent increase in water discharges from 2012. Higher rainfall in 
Florida and Virginia (46 per cent increase recorded at Virginia 
sites),  together  with  reduced  holding  capacities  in  process 
ponds  due  to  solids  accumulation,  forced  more  frequent  and 
larger volumes to be discharged during the year.

2013 ENERGY RESOURCES
BY TYPE

Coal
28.7%

Electricity
19.5%

Diesel
35.0%

Natural
Gas
16.4%

Petrol
0.3%

LPG &
Other Fuels
0.1%

Energy use and carbon dioxide emissions

For further statistical information, refer to page x.

Energy Use (terajoules)

Carbon Dioxide Emissions   
(kt CO2-e)

2009

10,615

1,011

2010

10,072

996

2011

9,496

861

2012

8,461

765

2013

3,702

333

For further statistical information, refer to page 137.

 1 Defined as water discharged via metered flow to either surface drainage or groundwater infiltration basins.

35

SUSTAINABLE  
DEVELOPMENT

People

Iluka  seeks  to  build  and  maintain  a  diverse,  sustainable  and  high  performing  workforce  of  
talented people which reflects the communities in which the company operates.

The  company  encourages  employee  achievement  through  the 
principles  of  accountability,  commerciality  and  engagement, 
and  strives  to  maintain  a  work  culture  that  reflects  its  values 
of commitment, integrity and responsibility. This includes a high 
standard  of  health  and  safety  behaviour  and  the  development 
of  individuals,  leaders  and  teams  to  achieve  extraordinary 
performance.

2013 workforce profile

    850 direct employees globally, predominantly in Australia

Iluka reduced its workforce by approximately 250 positions  
in 2013 associated with major reconfiguration of its 
 production base, due to low cycle business conditions. 

780 contractors (year average)

76% male/24% female

4% indigenous1

Less than 1% recognised disability1

10% of employees have flexible work arrangements

13.9% turnover, from 12% in 2012

1 Iluka respects employee privacy, data is identified employees only.

Organisational structure and development

The  organisational  structure  is  designed  to  facilitate  the 
achievement  of  the  key  deliverables  of  the  company’s 
corporate planning process and prime objective: to create and 
deliver value for shareholders. The Iluka Game Plan provides 
cultural and behavioural alignment and all employees, through 
their annual performance and development review, are aware 
of  the  contribution  they  are  expected  to  make  in  the  areas 
of  financial  performance,  sustainability  and  contribution  to 
organisational  growth.  Employees’  performance  plans  also 
include a development planning component and the company 
facilitates  professional  development  across  the  company, 
as  well  as  adopting  internal  mechanisms  to  identify  high 
performance individuals and to facilitate succession planning 
across all levels of the company. Succession planning is in place 
for leadership positions, including the Managing Director and 
his direct reports.

Iluka  is  committed  to  investing  in  training  and  development. 
In  addition  to  regulatory  compliance  training,  employees 
are  encouraged  and  supported  to  participate  in  skill  and 
professional training and leadership development. 

The  workforce  was  reduced  during  2013  by  approximately 
250  positions  associated  with  major  reconfigurations  in  the 
production base, due to lower demand for Iluka’s mineral sand 
products, materially lower pricing outcomes and the company’s 
decision to respond to such conditions by flexing, or reducing 
overall  production  levels.  This  had  a  direct  consequence  in 
terms of the number of roles required.

36

ILUKA ANNUAL REPORT 2013

Diversity

Iluka’s People Policy underpins the company’s approach to diversity. The company respects and encourages workplace diversity and 
strives to create a flexible and inclusive workplace environment which assists employees to balance their responsibilities. A Diversity 
Committee, chaired by the Managing Director, continued to meet in 2013 to promote awareness of diversity and integrate workplace 
diversity principles into company activities, including recruitment, training and employment policies.

Area of Focus

Objectives

Progress

Promote awareness of 
diversity

Employees and 
stakeholders have 
access to meaningful 
diversity information.

Integrate workplace 
diversity principles into 
company activities

Attract, develop and retain 
more employees across 
various age ranges, people 
with a disability, women 
and indigenous people

An employee manual 
covering values’ 
policies developed and 
distributed.
Recruitment and 
selection guidelines 
reviewed to reflect 
diversity and inclusion.

Equal opportunities for 
indigenous people in the 
workplace.

Employer of Choice 
accreditation. Increased 
female employment 
at Board and Senior 
Management level.

Sustainable employment 
opportunities for people 
with disabilities.

Create a flexible work-
place culture which assists 
employees to balance their  
responsibilities

Flexible employment 
arrangements 
supported.

• Iluka’s People Policy and Diversity Standard is 
highly visible in employee online and physical 
locations.

• Diversity Committee, chaired by the Managing 

Director, established in 2011.

• Diversity initiatives and outcomes are reported 
to Executive Group and the Remuneration & 
Nomination Committee of the Board.

• Managing Director presentation to the 

Committee for the Economic Development of 
Australia, Perth - Diversity Practices at Iluka.

• The Iluka Game Plan Guide developed and 
provided to all employees in 2012. New 
employees receive a copy on commencement. 

• A review of people management practices 

commenced in 2013 to align to the Western 
Australian Government’s Workplace Gender 
Equality Agency Employer of Choice criteria to 
Iluka’s practices.

• Diversity questions included in the biennial 

employee engagement survey. 

• Sponsorship partnership with the Clontarf 

Foundation in Western Australia has resulted in 
recruitment of 2 trainees and 2 apprentices.

• 4% of workforce indigenous. 

• Survey of 80 employees completed and 83% of 
respondents believe Iluka was an Employer of 
Choice.

•  1 female Board member; consideration of 

potential female Directors a criteria in Director 
selection.

• 2 senior females appointed during 2013.  

41% of new employees recruited were female.

• Iluka seeks to offer employment opportunities 

for people with disabilities wherever practicable 
and has employed more people with significant 
disabilities in 2013. 

• Iluka supports part-time and flexible work 

arrangements for all employees, including but 
not limited to, women returning from maternity 
leave and men wishing to care for young 
children. 7% of Iluka employees are on part-
time arrangements and 10% have flexible work 
arrangements.

37

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
SUSTAINABLE  
DEVELOPMENT

Iluka seeks to achieve a year-on-year increase in female employee numbers levels across all levels in the company. The progress over 
the last five years is shown below. 

GENDER REPRESENTATION 2009 TO 2013

INDIGENOUS REPRESENTATION 2009 TO 2013

19

20

20

22

24

81

80

80

78

76

%

100

80

60

40

20

0

2

2

3

3

4

98

98

97

97

96

%

100

80

60

40

20

0

2009

2010

2011

2012

2013

2009

2010

2011

2012

2013

Male

Femaie

Non-Indigenous

Indigenous

Workforce profile from the 2012 to 2013 Workplace Gender Equality Agency Report1

Women

Men

Total

%

Full time

Part time

Full time

Part time

Women

Men

Board

Senior Executives

Senior Managers

Line Managers

Senior Professionals

Professionals

Supervisors

Coordinators

Trades/Technicians

Operators

Admin/Site Support

TOTAL

 0

1

6

0

16

57

0

35

0

8

49

172

1

0

0

0

6

6

0

7

0

0

11

31

1

8

41

11

71

118

46

89

91

182

45

703

6

0

2

0

2

2

0

1

0

0

2

15

8

9

49

11

95

183

46

132

91

190

107

921

12

11

12

0

23

34

0

32

0

4

56

22

88

89

88

100

77

66

100

68

100

96

44

78

1 Prepared as part of the public reporting requirements of the Australian Governments’ Workplace Gender Equality Act 2012.

38

 
 
ILUKA ANNUAL REPORT 2013

The number of indigenous employees has increased from 2012 
to  approximately  4  per  cent. The  majority  of  these  employees 
are based at the Jacinth-Ambrosia operation in South Australia. 
In  2013,  an  additional  five  indigenous  people  were  employed, 
with four at the Woornack, Rownack and Pirro mining operation 
in  Victoria.  Iluka’s  Narngulu  processing  operation  in Western 
Australia hired two indigenous apprentices and two indigenous 
trainees as part of the company’s partnership programme with 
Clontarf.

Employee volunteering

Iluka’s volunteer leave programme, introduced in 2011, supports 
and encourages employees to volunteer their time to community 
or charity groups. Every employee in the company is able to take 
two paid working days to contribute individually or in teams, to 
an organisation that is of direct interest to them.

In  2013,  the  participation  in  volunteer  leave  was  25  per  cent 
of all employees, compared with 14 per cent in 2012. A total of 
246 full time equivalent days were recorded, which equates to a 
community donation of approximately $160 thousand.1

1 Calculated at average cost of $80 per hour per employee, including on-costs.

39

SUSTAINABLE  
DEVELOPMENT

Stakeholder Relations

Iluka  recognises  that  open  and  meaningful  engagement  with  stakeholders  is  integral  to  the 
establishment, operation, rehabilitation and relinquishment of its mining and processing facilities. 

All  engagement  activities  are  conducted  in  a  transparent, 
collaborative  and  consistent  manner.  Stakeholder  rights, 
values, beliefs and cultural heritage aspects are acknowledged, 
respected  and  included  in  the  company’s  decision  making 
process in order to develop mutually beneficial relationships.

The  company  works  in  partnership  with  its  stakeholders, 
including  landholders,  communities,  indigenous  groups,  non-
government  organisations  and  government  representatives  to 
add value to the regions in which it operates. Iluka’s Stakeholder 
Relations Policy was revised in 2013 to maintain alignment with 
the Iluka Game Plan and industry best practice. A Stakeholder 
Relations  Standard  was  also  developed  and  incorporated  in 
the  Environmental,  Health  and  Safety  Management  System, 
establishing requirements for all sites, projects and functions. 
The  Policy  and  Standard  outline  the  company’s  principles  for 
engagement and ensure its business activities are conducted in 
consideration of all internal and external stakeholders. 

Social impact assessments

Social  impact  assessments  (SIA)  were  conducted  at  Iluka’s 
Australian  Operational  sites  in  2012. The  studies  provided  the 
company with improved understanding of:
n	
n	
n		 issues of interest regarding the company’s operations; 

the attitude towards and perception of Iluka in communities;

appropriate methods and frequency of communication;

to 

In  response 
the  SIA  recommendations,  stakeholder 
engagement  plans  for  operational  sites  and  major  projects 
were  developed  during  the  year. The  plans  include  regulatory 
requirements,  stakeholder 
identification  and  prioritisation, 
engagement  activities,  methods  and  frequency.  Review  of  the 
stakeholder  engagement  plans  will  be  undertaken  annually  or 
earlier for milestone activities.

Iluka’s  stakeholder  complaint  recording  and  resolution 
procedure  was  revised  in  line  with  industry  best  practice  and 
Iluka’s  internal  standards.  Implementation  of  the  procedure 
was completed in 2013 at its Australian operations and project 
sites.

Employment and economic contribution

A study of Iluka’s employment and economic contribution was 
conducted  at  its  Australian  operations. The  analysis  included 
employment,  contractor  and  procurement  data  and  assessed 
the direct and indirect contributions at a regional and state level 
in Western Australia, South Australia, and Victoria. In total, Iluka 
contributed 1,332 direct jobs, 3,838 indirect positions and $1.1 
billion in economic value add to the States and regions where it 
operates.

and

n	

community expectations for sponsorship and support.

Regional employment and economic data – Australian operations

Direct Contribution

Indirect Contribution

Region

- Geographical Region

Employment

Value Add

Employment

Value Add

- State

No. of jobs

$m

No. of jobs

$m

Eucla Basin

- Ceduna West Coast
- South Australia

Murray Basin

- Regional Victoria
- Victoria
Perth Basin

- Mid West & South West
- Western Australia

TOTAL

183
–

462
–

687
–
1,332

40

54.2
–

148.8
–

283.8
–
486.8

172
566

397
1,507

1,010
1,765
5,417

20.3
72.6

–
213.2

–
295.9
602.0

ILUKA ANNUAL REPORT 2013

Partnering and community investment

Community complaints 

In 2013, Iluka’s partnering programme involved an investment of 
approximately $450 thousand, and additional in-kind support to 
a total of 90 organisations. Iluka’s major corporate partnerships 
include:
n	 OCHRE Contemporary Dance Company, Western Australia;
n	
n	
n		 Virginia Tech  Foundation  Inc.  and  Virginia Tech  Research 

Conservation Volunteers; and

Clontarf Foundation;

Division, USA.

Iluka also commenced a five year partnership with the University 
of Western Australia to fund a professorial chair for the study 
and  rehabilitation  of  areas  of  kwongan  heathland  in  Western 
Australia.

Iluka  joined  London  Benchmarking  Group  (LBG)  Australia  and 
New Zealand in 2013. LBG is the global standard for measuring 
and  benchmarking  corporate  community  investment.  The  LBG 
model  will  allow  Iluka  to  monitor  and  measure  its  community 
investment  inputs  (financial  and  non-financial);  outputs  and 
their  impacts;  improve  its  understanding  of  the  community 
and  business  benefits  from  the  investment;  and  further  seek 
opportunities that support its business objectives.

The  company  maintains  a  community  complaint  procedure 
which  tracks  all  community  complaints. These  complaints  are 
addressed and are reported through to the company’s Executive 
and the Board of Directors. 

Although Iluka strives to contribute positively to the communities 
in  which  it  operates,  it  recognises  that  at  times  activities  can 
impact on the lives of its stakeholders, in particular neighbours 
and  community  groups.  Iluka  closely  monitors  its  operations 
for  potential  issues  and  have  site-based  representatives  to 
respond to identified, potential or actual impacts with affected 
stakeholders  and,  where  required,  regulators.  In  2013,  the 
company  received  76  public  complaints,  an  increase  from  28 
in  2012. The  majority  of  the  complaints  related  to  operational 
matters,  including  noise  and  vibration  from  rail  activities  and 
post-mining land use.

41

Five Year Physical and Financial Summary

Summary physical information

Production volumes (kt)

- Zircon
- Rutile
- Synthetic rutile
- Ilmenite

Sales volumes (kt)

- Zircon
- Rutile
- Synthetic rutile
- Ilmenite saleable

Weighted average annual prices (US$/t)

- Zircon
- Rutile
- Synthetic rutile

2013

2012

2011

2010

2009

285.1
127.0
59.0
584.5

370.2
168.0
46.2
337.5

343.2
220.3
248.3
674.1

213.8
105.5
169.6
443.2

1,150
1,069
1,150

2,080
2,464
1,771

601.5  
281.3  
285.7
661.6

514.5
265.9
257.7
570.9

1,886
1,174
878
103.2
95.3/110.3

Average AUD:USD spot exchange rate (cents)
AUD:USD range (cents)

96.8
88.5/105.9

103.6
96.8/108.1

Unit Revenue and Cash Cost

Revenue per tonne Z/R/SR sold ($/t)

1,173

1,991

1,480

Unit cash costs of production per tonne Z/R/SR  
produced ($/t)

Summary financials ($m)
Z/R/SR revenue
Ilmenite and other revenue
Revenue from operations1
Cash costs of production
Inventory movement
Restructure and idle capacity charges
Rehabilitation and holding costs for closed sites
Government royalties
Marketing and selling costs
Asset sales and other income
Exploration and resources development

- Mineral sands EBITDA
- Mining Area C EBITDA
- Other EBITDA
- Group EBITDA

Significant non-cash items
Depreciation and amortisation
Net interest and finance charges
Income tax (expense) benefit
Net profit (loss) after tax for the period (NPAT)

Operating cash flow
Capital expenditure
Free cash (outflow) inflow2 ($m)
Net (debt) cash

798

719

538

685.8
77.3
 763.1
 (376.1)
14.0 
 (69.6)
2.8 
(15.2) 
 (28.2)
3.1 
 (44.9)
249.0 
 88.3
(42.1) 

 295.2
(40.0)  
(181.7) 
(49.5) 
(5.5) 
18.5 
 124.0
(52.5) 
(27.5) 
(206.6) 

973.8
96.0
1,069.8
(583.5)
346.9
(14.8)
(9.8)
(19.6)
(30.2)
10.3
(43.1)
726.0
72.7
(49.9)
748.8
- 
(203.1)
(33.5)
(149.0)
363.2
368.7
(167.3)
81.2
(95.9)

1,461.2
75.5
1,536.7
(628.9)
147.7
(8.5)
(36.2)
(25.2)
(34.5)
7.5
(32.7)
925.9
88.5
(35.1)
979.3
35.6
(224.6)
(29.6)
(218.9)
541.8
706.2
(142.5)
589.6
156.7

412.9
250.1
347.5
684.9

478.7
240.0
362.5
373.7

913
560
481

263.1
141.4
405.0
838.8

222.6
138.7
396.7
376.4

815
511
461

92.0
81.2/101.8

79.3
62.9/93.7

809

538

760

560

790.7
83.7
874.4
(543.8)
(2.9)
(13.2)
(10.4)
(17.1)
(24.1)
7.4
(20.1)
250.2
76.3
(21.4)
305.1
- 
(219.0)
(46.2)
(3.8)
36.1
163.6
(117.2)
60.7
(312.6)

517.5
58.5
576.0
(453.6)
33.4
(50.1)
0.0
(13.7)
(10.2)
14.2
(20.4)
75.6
50.6
(26.1)
100.1
(67.6)
(176.6)
(22.7)
61.5
(105.3)
83.9
(521.6)
(209.8)
(382.1)

1  2010-2009 excludes hedging gains/(losses).
2 Free Cash Flow is determined as cash flow before refinance costs, proceeds/repayment of borrowings and dividends paid in the year.

42

ILUKA ANNUAL REPORT 2013

Five Year Physical and Financial Summary

Capital and dividends
Ordinary shares on issue (millions)
Dividends per share in respect of the year (cents)
Franking level (per cent)
Opening year share price ($)
Closing year share price ($)

Financial ratios
EBITDA/revenue margin %
Mineral sands EBITDA/revenue margin %
Basic earnings (loss) per share (cents)
Cash flow per share (cents)
Return on shareholders’ equity3 (per cent)
Return on capital4 (per cent)
Gearing (net debt/net debt + equity) (per cent)

Financial position as at 31 December ($m)
Total assets
Total liabilities
Net assets
Shareholders’ equity
Net tangible asset backing per share ($)

2013

2012

2011

2010

2009

418.7
9.0
100.0
9.02
8.63

34.7
32.6
4.4
(6.6)
1.2
2.2
11.8

 418.7 
35.0
 100.0 
15.50
9.02

65.5
67.9
87.1
19.4
23.2
31.3
5.8

 418.7 
75.0
73.3
 9.14 
 15.50 

60.3
60.3
 130.1 
140.6
 42.5 
 54.9 
N/A

 418.7 
 8.0 
0.0
 3.58 
 9.14 

32.1
28.6
 8.6 
14.5
 3.2 
 5.0 
 21.8 

418.7
N/A
N/A
 4.64 
 3.58 

16.0
13.1
(8.7)
(50.1)
(7.5)
(9.6)
 25.9 

2,368.7
(830.6)
1,538.1
1,538.1

3.65

2,426.6
(859.5)
1,567.1
1,567.1

 2,453.8 
(919.1)
 1,534.7 
 1,534.7 

 1,939.9 
(815.3)
 1,124.6 
 1,124.6 

 2,098.4 
(1,003.1)
 1,095.3 
 1,095.3 

3.74

 3.65 

 2.54 

 2.46 

3 Calculated as EBIT for the year as a percentage of average monthly capital employed for the year.
4 Calculated as NPAT for the year as a percentage of the average monthly shareholders equity over the year.  

43

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Operating Mines – Physical Data  

12 Months to 31 December 2013

Mining

Overburden moved bcm

Ore mined kt

Ore grade HM %

VHM grade %

Concentrating

HMC produced kt

VHM produced kt

VHM in HMC assemblage %

  Zircon

  Rutile

  Ilmenite

Jacinth-
Ambrosia

Murray 
Basin

Western 
Australia

Australia 
Total

Virginia

Group Total

279.4

8,684.1

11,358.5

3,020.2

236.4

2,600.9

11,874.3

14,305.2

8.5

7.7

664.3

594.6

89.5

55.7

6.4

26.9

26.8

22.7

396.0

348.1

87.9

25.3

42.1

19.1

7.3

6.4

163.2

139.2

85.3

12.4

6.1

62.6

12.1

10.6

1,223.5

1,081.9

88.4

40.1

17.9

29.1

0.0

4,995.1

6.4

5.3

314.8

244.8

77.8

14.6

0.0

63.1

11,874.3

19,300.3

10.7

9.3

1,538.3

1,326.7

86.2

34.9

14.2

36.1

HMC processed kt

254.7

227.2

254.5

736.4

307.8

1,044.2

Finished product kt

  Zircon
  Rutile
  Ilmenite
Synthetic rutile produced kt

Explanatory Comments on Terminology

147.3
16.3
68.5

59.8
93.7
183.7

38.4
17.0
142.7
59.0

245.5
127.0
394.9
59.0

39.6
0.0
189.6

285.1

127.0

584.5

59.0

Overburden moved (bank cubic metres) refers to material moved to enable mining of an 
ore body.

VHM  produced  and  the  VHM  assemblage  -  provided  to  enable  an  indication  of  the 
valuable heavy mineral component in HMC. 

Ore mined (thousands of tonnes) refers to material moved containing heavy mineral ore.

HMC processed provides an indication of material emanating from each mining operation 

Ore Grade HM % refers to percentage of heavy mineral (HM) found in a deposit. In the 
case of Murray Basin it excludes grade attributable to low quality, unsaleable ilmenite 
which is returned to the mine.

VHM Grade % refers to percentage of valuable heavy mineral (VHM) - titanium dioxide 
(rutile and ilmenite), and zircon found in a deposit.

Concentrating refers to the production of heavy mineral concentrate (HMC) through a wet 
concentrating process at the mine site, which is then transported for final processing into 
finished product at one of the company’s two Australian mineral processing plants, or the 
Virginia mineral processing plant.

HMC produced refers to heavy mineral concentrate (HMC), which includes the valuable 
heavy mineral concentrate (zircon, rutile, ilmenite) as well as other non valuable heavy 
minerals (gangue).

VHM  produced  refers  to  an  estimate  of  valuable  heavy  mineral  in  heavy  mineral 
concentrate expected to be processed.

to be processed.

Attributable  finished  product  is  provided  as  an  indication  of  the  finished  production 
(zircon,  rutile,  ilmenite  –  both  saleable  and  upgradeable)  attributable  to  the  VHM  in 
HMC production streams from the various mining operations. Finished product levels are 
subject to recovery factors which can vary. The difference between the VHM produced 
and  finished  product  reflects  the  recovery  level  by  operation,  as  well  as  processing  of 
finished material/concentrate in inventory. Ultimate finished product production (rutile, 
ilmenite, zircon) is subject to recovery loss at the processing stage – this may be in the 
order of 10%.

Ilmenite saleable is ilmenite produced for sale rather than as a synthetic rutile feedstock.

Ilmenite upgradeable is that which is used in the manufacture of synthetic rutile. Typically 
1 tonne of upgradeable ilmenite will produce between 0.58 to 0.62 tonnes of SR. Iluka 
also purchases external ilmenite for its synthetic rutile production process.

Refer  Iluka’s  website  www.iluka.com  –  Mineral  Sands  Technical  Information  for  more 
detailed information on the mineral sands mining and production process.

44

 
ILUKA ANNUAL REPORT 2013

Statutory Information

45
45

Directors' Report

The Directors present their report on the group consisting of Iluka Resources Limited and the entities it controlled
at the end of, or during, the year ended 31 December 2013.

OPERATING AND FINANCIAL REVIEW

ABOUT ILUKA
Iluka is a leading mineral sands company involved in mineral sands exploration, project development, operations
and marketing. Iluka is the largest global producer of zircon and the second largest producer of titanium dioxide
products, with a leading position in the high grade products of rutile and synthetic rutile. These products are used
in a diverse range of applications from ceramics and paint to jet engines and solar panels. The company also has
a royalty associated with a tier one iron ore operation - BHP Billiton’s Mining Area C province in Western
Australia.

Iluka’s objective is to create and deliver value for shareholders supported by values centred on Commitment,
Integrity and Responsibility. To facilitate this, a focus on environment, health and safety performance is
paramount, while the company must continue to attract high quality people, provide training and growth
opportunities for existing employees, and maintain a commitment to diversity and sustainability principles.

Features of the company’s business approach include the following:

Operations

• Globally integrated operations located in lower risk jurisdictions
• Over 60 years mineral sands exploration, mining, processing and metallurgy operational experience
• Highly skilled operators and extensive technical knowledge base in an industry with limited external technical

consulting resources
Flexible and integrated operating base

•
• Strategic and tactical approach to match production to sales through the cycle, with ability to quickly adapt to

changing market conditions

• Approximately 10 years reserve cover, with resources six times ore reserves

Products and Marketing

Focus on high margin products

• Broad product suite from lower risk jurisdictions
•
• World’s largest zircon producer, second largest titanium dioxide producer
•

Innovative marketing approach including strong direct customer relationships, worldwide distribution points,
in-country presence in key markets, and commitment to further market penetration

Growth

•

Technically experienced in-house exploration team and drilling capability with domestic and international
programme

• Suite of internal growth options - several under advanced evaluation
• New developments subject to strict financial return criteria and assessed against industry supply-demand

dynamics
Focus on product development and innovation

•
• Mineral sands and non-mineral sands corporate acquisition opportunities assessed

Further information regarding Iluka’s operations can be found on pages 6 to 7 of the Annual Report, entitled
Features of 2013 along with the section Operational Review on pages 18 to 19.

BUSINESS STRATEGIES AND FUTURE PROSPECTS
Iluka maintains its commitment to a range of activities designed to generate future growth and deliver value for
shareholders. This has a number of elements:

•

•

•

feasibility study work progressing or completed on five potential mineral sands projects in Australia and the
United States, to a stage where an execute decision can be taken, depending on financial characteristics and
market conditions;
continued expansion of
through increased in-country
presence, including additional points of representation in China, establishment of new country offices, such as
increased industry and market analysis, and
Dubai which serves the Indian and European markets;
expansion of warehousing and distribution facilities;
a close monitoring of the nascent China chloride pigment industry as a market opportunity;

the company’s international marketing presence,

46

•

•

•
•

an increased commitment to international mineral sands exploration, with early stage tenement acquisition or
evaluative work in multiple overseas jurisdictions, as well as the establishment of a small, dedicated new
commodities capability, involving recruitment of geologists to evaluate non-mineral sands potential on existing
tenements;
reestablishment of a heavy mineral resource position in Sri Lanka through the grant and acquisition of a large,
long life, scaleable sulphate ilmenite deposit;
an increased investment commitment to innovation and development activities; and
assessment of external mineral sands and non-mineral sand acquisitions, partnering or
opportunities.

investment

Iluka’s business approach has the following key elements:

flex asset operation in line with market demand;
continue market development through the cycle;
preserve/advance mineral sands growth opportunities;

•
•
•
• maintain a strong balance sheet;
•
•

continue to evaluate/pursue corporate growth opportunities; and
act counter-cyclically where appropriate.

The future prospects of the company are dependent on the execution of the company’s business strategies and
by operating and market demand/supply conditions for its principal products.

Further detail surrounding the future prospects for Iluka are detailed in the Growth section on pages 22 to 29 of
the Annual Report.

BUSINESS RISKS AND MITIGATIONS
Iluka maintains a whole of business approach to the management of risks, recognising that prudent risk taking is
a key element of the Iluka Game Plan. This approach allows both opportunities and threats to be identified and
managed effectively. Iluka has adopted a risk management framework which sets out the processes for the
identification and management of risk across the group.

The Board delegates responsibility for identifying and managing risks to management. Management is required
to report to the Board on those risks which could have a material impact on the company’s business. The Audit
and Risk Committee assists the Board with regard to oversight of the company’s risk management practices.

Through its risk management framework Iluka seeks to:

•
•
•
•
•

•

embed a culture of risk awareness and decision making;
identify, assess and manage risks in a structured and systematic manner;
enable prudent risk taking in line with business objectives and strategies;
establish and monitor appropriate controls in line with business objectives and strategies;
ensure material business risks are effectively identified, communicated and appropriately elevated throughout
all levels of management to the Board; and
fulfil governance requirements for risk management.

Set out below are the key risk areas that could have a material impact on the company and its ability to achieve
its objective. The nature and potential impact of risks changes over time. The risks described below are not the
only risks that Iluka faces, and whilst every effort is made to identify and manage material risks, additional risks
not currently identified or detailed below may also adversely affect future performance.

Product demand risks

The resources sector typically exhibits cyclicality. In 2013 Iluka operated in business conditions of cyclically low
demand for its products resulting in lower volumes being sold at lower prices than in 2012. Iluka maintains a risk
based approach to business planning and asset configuration to take account of uncertainties in global economic
performance and the nature of associated demand swings. In this case, Iluka has implemented significant asset
reconfiguration measures as well as seeking to reduce cash expenditure levels.

Financial risks

Iluka faces risks relating to the cost of and access to funds, movement in interest rates and foreign exchange
rates (refer note 17). Iluka maintains a Treasury Policy which establishes the framework and parameters under
which the Treasury function operates. The Policy seeks to ensure all
financial risks are fully recognised,
managed and recorded in a manner consistent with:

•
•
•

Iluka’s Board management philosophy;
generally accepted industry practice and corporate governance standards; and
shareholder expectations of a mineral sands producer.

Any changes to, or breaches of, the Treasury Policy are reported to the Board.

47

Project development risks

Iluka as a matter of business focus, regularly assesses its ability to enhance its production profile, or extend the
economic life of deposits, by the development of new deposits within its portfolio. A failure to develop and operate
projects in accordance with expectations could negatively impact results of operations and the company’s
financial position. A structured capital process and project delivery framework is utilised to facilitate successful
project development and mitigate risks in bringing new projects into operation.

Growth risks

To ensure a sustainable business going forward, Iluka attempts to generate growth options through exploration,
innovation and identification of appropriate external growth opportunities. The ability of Iluka to create and deliver
value for shareholders is to some extent dependent on success in growth strategies.

Evaluating growth opportunities requires a disciplined process of project selection and interrogation to maximise
the opportunity to identify value potential and to achieve desired financial outcomes. This entails established
disciplines and systems to evaluate value opportunities and assess the potential impact of a range of modifying
factors on potential business outcomes.

Country risk

Increasing international activities have increased Iluka’s exposure to country risks. The potential development of
international opportunities can be jeopardised by changes in fiscal or
regulatory regimes, difficulties in
interpreting or complying with local laws and reversal of current political, judicial or administrative policies.

Business interruption risks

Circumstances may arise which preclude sites from operating; including natural disaster, critical plant failure or
industrial action. Iluka’s operations depend on the use of key items of infrastructure; including ports, railways and
roads which are owned and maintained by other parties. Iluka undertakes regular reviews and mitigation of
property and business continuity risks. Iluka also conducts planning and preparedness activities to ensure rapid
and effective response in the event of a crisis. Appropriate business policies and training seek to support Iluka’s
risk mitigation activities.

Social licence to operate risks

An integral part of Iluka’s activities is maintaining a social licence to operate. Iluka’s safety, health, environmental,
people and stakeholder performance is overseen by the Board and is supported by policies and procedures,
including stakeholder engagement risk assessments, which influence how the company will operate.

2013 OVERVIEW OF RESULTS
Iluka recorded a profit after tax for the year of $18.5 million, compared with $363.2 million for the previous
corresponding period.

Sales volumes of zircon, rutile and synthetic rutile (Z/R/SR) increased 19.5 per cent year-on-year finishing 2013
at 584.4 thousand tonnes compared to 488.9 thousand tonnes in 2012. Mineral sands sales revenue for the year
ended 31 December 2013 was $763.1 million (2012: $1,069.8 million). Revenue per tonne of Z/R/SR sold during
2013 declined by 41.1 per cent to $1,173 per tonne, compared with $1,991 per tonne in 2012.

Total cash production costs in 2013 were reduced by 35.5 per cent from 2012 levels to $376.1 million (2012:
$583.5 million). The lower total cash production costs arose from lower utilisation of some assets, a reduction in
employment levels and other cost saving initiatives.

Given the fixed cost component of the business, unit cash costs of production of $798 per tonne of Z/R/SR
reflected some inefficiencies at low production levels when compared with 2012 (2012: $719 per tonne of
Z/R/SR). These inefficiencies can be expected to reverse as production reverts to more usual levels. Unit cash
costs declined in the second half of 2013 to $748 per tonne of Z/R/SR (1st half 2013: $848 per tonne), reflecting
13.7 per cent lower cash production costs in the second half, following the idling of the Tutunup South mine and
synthetic rutile (SR) kiln 2 in Western Australia in the first half.

Total cash production costs exclude restructure and idle costs, which amounted to $69.6 million in 2013 (2012:
$14.8 million). Restructure costs amounted to $33.5 million, which compares to $50 million of expected
restructure costs disclosed in the 2012 Annual Report, the lower outcome reflecting better than anticipated
commercial outcomes.

Mineral sands EBITDA for 2013 was $249.0 million, a 65.7 per cent decrease compared with the previous
corresponding period. Mineral sands EBIT decreased by 94.7 per cent to $27.7 million (2012: $523.3 million)
including idle asset write downs of $40.0 million (2012: $nil).

48

Mining Area C iron ore royalty earnings (MAC) increased by 21.6 per cent to $87.9 million (2012: $72.3 million),
reflecting higher iron ore sales volumes and price and higher capacity payments of $4.0 million (2012: $3.0
million).

Profit before tax was $24.0 million (2012: $512.2 million). A net tax expense of $5.5 million (2012: $149.0 million)
was recognised in respect of the profit for the period, at an effective tax rate of 22.9 per cent (2012: 29.1 per
cent).

Free cash outflow of $27.5 million compares to a free cash inflow of $81.2 million in the previous corresponding
period. Operating cash flow remained positive at $124.0 million although at reduced levels from the previous
corresponding period (2012: $368.7 million). Tax payments of $140.1 million compare to a tax expense of $19.7
million. Payments in the year include $118.4 million in respect of earnings in 2012.

Net debt at 31 December 2013 was $206.6 million, with a corresponding gearing ratio (net debt/net debt + equity)
of 11.8 per cent. This compares with net debt at 31 December 2012 of $95.9 million and a gearing ratio of 5.8 per
cent. Undrawn facilities at 31 December 2013 were $579.6 million (2012: $718.2 million) and cash at bank was
$46.4 million (2012: $54.3 million). Free cash flow in January 2014 was $78.1 million (January 2013: $6.0 million)
and net debt at 31 January 2014 was $130.5 million (31 January 2013: $98.0 million).

Directors have determined a fully franked dividend of 4 cents per share, payable on 3 April 2014 with a record
date of 6 March 2014.

OVERVIEW OF SALES AND PRODUCTION

Sales (kt)
Zircon
Rutile
Synthetic rutile
Total Z/R/SR sales
Ilmenite - saleable
Total sales volumes

Z/R/SR revenue ($m)
Ilmenite and other revenue ($m)
Total mineral sands revenue1($m)

Revenue per tonne of Z/R/SR

sold2($/t)

Production (kt)
Zircon
Rutile
Synthetic rutile
Total Z/R/SR production
Ilmenite
Total saleable production volume

HMC produced
HMC processed

Cash costs of production ($m)
Unit cash cost per tonne of Z/R/SR produced ($/t)

2013

370.2
168.0
46.2
584.4
337.5
921.9

685.8
77.3
763.1

1,173

285.1
127.0
59.0
471.1
584.5
1,055.6

1,538.3
1,044.2

376.1
798

2012

213.8
105.5
169.6
488.9
443.2
932.1

973.8
96.0
1,069.8

1,991

343.2
220.3
248.3
811.8
674.1
1,485.9

1,529.7
1,468.1

583.5
719

2011

514.5
265.9
257.7
1,038.1
570.9
1,609.0

1,461.2
75.5
1,536.7

1,406

601.5
281.3
285.7
1,168.5
661.6
1,830.1

2,121.6
1,937.6

628.9
538

2012 vs
2013 %
change

73.2
59.2
(72.8)
19.5
(23.8)
(1.1)

(29.6)
(19.5)
(28.7)

(41.1)

(16.9)
(42.4)
(76.2)
(42.0)
(13.3)
(29.0)

0.6
(28.9)

35.5
(11.0)

1Mineral sands revenues include revenues derived from other materials not included in production volumes, including activated
carbon products and iron oxide.
2
Revenue from the sale of zircon, rutile and synthetic rutile products.

Mineral sands sales volumes

Sales volumes for zircon for the full year were 370.2 thousand tonnes (2012: 213.8 thousand tonnes), a 73.2 per
cent increase, with sales of 210.9 thousand tonnes in the first half and 159.3 thousand tonnes in the second half
of 2013.

Zircon demand overall recovered in 2013, but the recovery was uneven across geographical markets, end use
sectors, as well quarter to quarter and sales remain below the levels seen in 2010 and 2011.

49

Combined sales volumes for the high grade titanium dioxide products of rutile and synthetic rutile for the full year
were 214.2 thousand tonnes (2012: 275.1 thousand tonnes), a 22.1 per cent decrease reflecting higher rutile
sales (up 59.2 per cent) offset by lower synthetic rutile volumes (down 72.8 per cent). Sales of rutile and synthetic
rutile combined in the second half were 137.9 thousand tonnes, compared with 76.3 thousand tonnes in the first
half. A decline in aggregate high grade titanium dioxide (rutile/synthetic rutile) sales, despite a stronger second
half, reflected lower demand for high grade feedstocks from the pigment sector during a period when alternate
feedstocks, particularly those available under legacy contracts, were preferred.

Iluka sold 337.5 thousand tonnes of ilmenite in 2013 (2012: 443.2 thousand tonnes), with lower sales to both
chloride pigment and sulphate slag segments.

Mineral sands production

Overall production volumes of Z/R/SR were 471.1 thousand tonnes, representing a 42.0 per cent decline from the
previous corresponding period (2012: 811.8 thousand tonnes). Lower annual production in 2013 reflects
production constraints consistent with Iluka’s preferred approach to a period of low market demand, facilitating a
progressive draw down of finished goods inventory.

INCOME STATEMENT ANALYSIS

$ million

Z/R/SR revenue
Ilmenite and other revenue
Mineral sands revenue

Cash costs of production
Inventory movement
Restructure and idle capacity charges
Rehabilitation and holding costs for closed sites
Government royalties
Marketing and selling costs
Asset sales and other income
Resources development
Mineral sands EBITDA
Depreciation and amortisation
Idle asset write downs
Mineral sands EBIT

Mining Area C
Corporate other costs
Foreign exchange loss
Group EBIT

Net interest and bank charges
Rehabilitation unwind, discount rate change and other finance costs
Profit before tax

Tax expense
Profit for the period (NPAT)

Average AUD/USD (cents)

Mineral sands operational results

$ million

Australia
United States
Exploration and other
Total

2013

2012 % change

685.8
77.3
763.1

(376.1)
14.0
(69.6)
2.8
(15.2)
(28.2)
3.1
(44.9)
249.0
(181.3)
(40.0)
27.7

87.9
(41.2)
(0.9)
73.5

(13.1)
(36.4)
24.0

(5.5)
18.5

96.8

973.8
96.0
1,069.8

(583.5)
346.9
(14.8)
(9.8)
(19.6)
(30.2)
10.3
(43.1)
726.0
(202.7)
-
523.3

72.3
(45.7)
(4.2)
545.7

(6.6)
(26.9)
512.2

(149.0)
363.2

103.6

(29.6)
(19.5)
(28.7)

35.5
(96.0)
(370.3)
n/a
22.4
6.6
(69.9)
(4.2)
(65.7)
10.6
n/a
(94.7)

21.6
9.8
(78.6)
(86.5)

98.5
(35.3)
(95.3)

96.3
(94.9)

6.6

Revenue
2013

EBITDA

EBIT

2012

2013

2012

2013

2012

676.5
86.6
-
763.1

958.2
111.6
-
1,069.8

274.6
30.1
(55.7)
249.0

706.3
70.0
(50.3)
726.0

67.7
19.1
(59.1)
27.7

513.7
63.0
(53.4)
523.3

An overview of performance for Australian operations and United States operations is provided later in this report.
Commentary in respect of the income statement analysis is provided on the following page.

50

Mineral sands revenue

Mineral sands sales revenue for the year was $763.1 million representing a decrease of 28.7 per cent compared
with the previous corresponding period (2012: $1,069.8 million) despite Z/R/SR sales volumes increasing 19.5
per cent.

Lower revenue reflects a material reduction in sales prices, with average Z/R/SR revenue per tonne declining
from $1,991 in 2012 to $1,173 in 2013. Zircon prices commenced 2013 materially lower than 2012 levels and
remained stable for much of the year before softening slightly in the fourth quarter, with a resultant weighted
average annual zircon price for 2013 of US$1,150 per tonne, a reduction of approximately 45 per cent
year-on-year. Weighted average rutile pricing declined during 2013 by approximately 56 per cent to US$1,069
per tonne, associated with the weak demand for high grade titanium products.

Cash costs of production

Cash costs of production were $376.1 million, a 35.5 per cent decline relative to the previous corresponding
period (2012: $583.5 million) associated with operational adjustments implemented in the period, which included
plant idling and reductions in workforce levels. Cash costs of production include costs such as iron oxide
processing, char and WHIMs ilmenite transport costs of $19.6 million (2012: $7.7 million).

As a result of lower Z/R/SR production, partially offset by the decline in cash costs of production, the unit cash
costs of production for 2013 were $798 per tonne of Z/R/SR, compared with $719 per tonne of Z/R/SR in 2012.

Inventory movement

Inventory of finished product decreased by $82.6 million to $402.0 million due to sales of Z/R/SR exceeding
production by 113.3 thousand tonnes during the year, offset partially by an increase in ilmenite stocks. Work in
progress (WIP) inventory has increased by $100.5 million in light of reduced processing of material through the
mineral separation plants at Narngulu (Western Australia) and Hamilton (Victoria) and maintaining production at
the Jacinth-Ambrosia, South Australia and Woornack, Rownack and Pirro (WRP), Victoria mines.

Restructure and idle capacity cash charges

In response to weak market conditions, Iluka took measures to curtail production and reduce production costs in
late 2012 and into 2013, including plant idling and reductions in workforce levels. This has resulted in higher
restructure and idle capacity costs compared with the previous corresponding period. Restructure costs incurred
in the year amounted to $33.5 million, of which $31.1 million was in the first half, with the remaining cost relating
to idle capacity charges incurred during periods of no production.

Rehabilitation and holding costs for closed sites

Rehabilitation and holding costs for closed sites have a net credit of $2.8 million in 2013. Changes in cost
estimates for rehabilitation work associated with closed sites in Australia and the US reduced the rehabilitation
provision by $5.5 million (2012: increase of $8.3 million), resulting in a release of these costs to the profit and loss
account. This credit is offset partially by costs incurred relating to ongoing maintenance work completed on
closed sites.

Government royalties

Government royalties decreased with lower sales revenue.

Marketing and selling costs

Lower marketing and selling costs are mainly due to improved freight cost management with a move to bulk
freight transfers, partially offset by an expanded global marketing presence and changes in selling arrangements
in some locations, including increased direct sales arrangements.

Resources development

Costs are higher than the previous corresponding period at $44.9 million (2012: $43.1 million) reflecting
increased expenditure related to new product development, offset partially by reduced exploration activity,
especially within Australia. Exploration expenses, which form part of the overall resource development expense,
reduced to $21.5 million from $29.5 million in 2012.

Depreciation and amortisation

The decrease of $21.4 million compared to the previous corresponding period reflects the idling of plant during
the period, including the mining operations at Eneabba and Tutunup South in Western Australia and the SR 2
and SR 3 synthetic rutile kilns in Western Australia.

Idle asset write downs

The write down in the carrying value of idle assets of $40.0 million relates to equipment in Western Australia that
is likely to remain idle as a result of changes in mine plans and successful technical developments.

51

Mining Area C

Iron ore sales volumes increased 10.8 per cent to 52.5 million dry metric tonnes (DMT). The average AUD
realised price upon which the royalty is payable increased by 8.9 per cent from the previous corresponding
period. The EBIT contribution of $87.9 million includes $4.0 million of annual capacity payments for production
increases in the year to 30 June (2012: $3.0 million).

Corporate and other

Corporate and other costs are $2.7 million lower than the previous corresponding period, including lower charges
for the group’s equity remuneration schemes.

Foreign exchange

Foreign exchange translation losses were $4.2 million compared to a gain of $0.4 million in the previous
corresponding period.

Rehabilitation unwind and discount rate change

Rehabilitation unwind costs have increased $10.0 million from 2012 mainly associated with a reduction in the risk
free discount rates used in the calculation of the net present value of the rehabilitation provisions in Australia and
the US. The change in discount rate resulted in a $38.5 million increase to the rehabilitation provisions, of which
$18.0 million was charged to profit and loss in respect of closed sites.

Interest

The increase in net interest costs reflects an increase in borrowings during the year, with net debt increasing to
$206.6 million from $95.9 million at 31 December 2012.

Tax expense

The income tax expense of $5.5 million is at an effective tax rate of 22.9 per cent compared to 29.1 per cent in
the previous corresponding period.

MOVEMENT IN NPAT

Commentary in respect of each bar in the NPAT waterfall above is provided on the following page.

52

Z/R/SR sales price (-ve $475 million)

Lower average prices than the previous corresponding period for all products. Average annual zircon prices were
US$1,050 per tonne, a reduction of 45 per cent year-on-year. Softening demand in the high grade titanium
market resulted in rutile prices achieving an average US$1,069 per tonne, 57 per cent lower year-on-year and
synthetic rutile was 35 per cent lower year-on-year with an average annual price of US$1,150 per tonne.

Z/R/SR sales volumes (+ve $25 million)

The amount reflects the impact of higher Z/R/SR sales volumes (up 19.5 per cent on the previous corresponding
period) using the average margin achieved for Z/R/SR product sales in the current period.

Z/R/SR sales mix (-ve $10 million)

Z/R/SR sales volumes for the period include a higher proportion of lower priced zircon and a lower proportion of
higher priced synthetic rutile products than in the previous corresponding period.

Z/R/SR foreign exchange (+ve $86 million)

The impact of a lower weighted average spot exchange rate of 95.0 cents applicable to Z/R/SR revenue
compared with the rate in the previous corresponding period of 103.0 cents. Foreign exchange impacts on
operating costs, mainly those relating to the US operations, are included in the overall movement in unit costs.
Ilmenite and other products (-ve $19 million)

Decreased volume of ilmenite sales combined with lower prices.

Z/R/SR unit cost of sales (-ve $37 million)

Higher unit cash costs of sales for Z/R/SR sold during the period reflects higher cost of goods sold and a change
in sales mix to higher cost material.

Restructure and idle capacity (-ve $55 million)

The increase in costs is predominantly the result of $33.5 million of restructure costs in the year as a result of
operational adjustments, including contract terminations for idled plant and reductions in workforce levels. The
remaining increase is due to more operations being idle compared to the previous corresponding period.

Mineral sands other costs (+ve $11 million)

The lower costs are due mainly to revisions in cost estimates for rehabilitation on closed sites in Australia and
lower royalty costs as a result of lower sales revenue.

Mining Area C (+ve $16 million)

Iron ore royalties increased compared to the previous corresponding period due to a 10.8 per cent increase in
sales volumes to 52.5 million dry metric tonnes, combined with an 8.9 per cent decrease in realised AUD iron ore
prices. MAC capacity payments of $4.0 million, before tax, were $1.0 million higher than in the previous
corresponding period. Production from MAC for the royalty year ended 30 June 2013 amounted to 54.1 million
wet metric tonnes. Royalty and capacity payments are payable on dry metric tonnes.

Depreciation and amortisation (+ve $21 million)

The lower charges compared to the previous corresponding period are due mainly to the idling of plant and
operations during the year, including Eneabba and Tutunup South mining operations and the SR 2 and SR 3
kilns.

Idle asset write downs (-ve $40 million)

The write down in the carrying value of idle assets of $40.0 million relates to equipment in Western Australia that
is likely to remain idle as a result of changes in mine plans and successful technical developments.

Corporate (+ve $5 million)

Lower corporate costs reflect
continuing focus on cost minimisation.

lower charges for the group’s equity remuneration schemes, combined with

Interest and bank charges (-ve $7 million)

Net interest costs increased due to lower cash holdings, with interest income for cash on deposit reducing by
$5.9 million from the previous corresponding period.

53

Rehabilitation unwind and other finance charges (-ve $10 million)

The increase from the previous corresponding period reflects the charge to profit and loss in respect of the
increase to provisions for closed sites resulted from a reduction in the discount rate used in the determination of
the liabilities.

Tax (+ve $144 million)

The variance reflects the decreased tax expense as a result of the declining earnings compared to the previous
corresponding period.

BALANCE SHEET, CASH FLOW AND NET DEBT

Balance sheet by operation - $ million

31 December 2013

AUS

US

MAC

Corp

Group

Receivables
Inventories
Payables and accruals
Employee and other provisions
Rehabilitation provisions
Property, plant & equipment
Intangibles
Capital employed

Net tax (asset) liability
Net debt (cash)
Total equity
Net funding

151.5
751.0
(48.1)
(10.7)
(409.3)
1,222.7
-
1,657.1

15.1
44.1
(12.6)
(4.7)
(56.6)
76.9
-
62.2

21.1
-
-
-
-
-
5.9
27.0

3.8
-
(10.7)
(11.3)
-
14.9
-
(3.4)

191.5
795.1
(71.4)
(26.7)
(465.9)
1,314.5
5.9
1,743.0

(1.7)
206.6
1,538.1
1,743.0

31 Dec
2012

139.5
780.5
(76.1)
(38.2)
(444.5)
1,430.3
6.3
1,797.8

134.8
95.9
1,567.1
1,797.8

Higher
corresponding period.

receivables are associated mainly with additional sales in December compared to the previous

Higher inventories mainly reflect an increase of $100.5 million in work in progress product to $358.4 million
(2012: $257.9 million), partially offset by an $82.6 million decrease in finished product stocks to $402.0 million.
Higher work in progress values reflects increased heavy mineral concentrate (HMC) due to HMC produced of
1,538.3 thousand tonnes exceeding the HMC processed of 1,044.2 thousand tonnes. The drawdown in finished
goods is due mainly to sales of Z/R/SR exceeding production by 113.3 thousand tonnes. Inventories include
$271.0 million of predominantly concentrate material classified as non-current (2012: $257.9 million) and $34.7
million of consumable stores (2012: $38.0 million).

Lower property, plant and equipment values reflect mainly the depreciation charge for the period of $181.3 million
and idle asset write downs of $40.0 million being higher than capital expenditure of $52.5 million, offset partially
by currency retranslation effects on US balances and increases related to adjustments to rehabilitation
obligations.

The reduction in the net tax liability is a result of reduced earnings combined with final settlement in the year of
the 2012 Australian tax liabilities following return to a tax paying position in the previous corresponding period.
The net tax asset includes $1.8 million of tax payable in respect of 2013 and prior years, with the balance being
deferred tax amounts due to timing differences between tax and accounting treatments.

Net debt increased $110.7 million compared to the previous corresponding period due to free cash outflow for the
year of $27.5 million, payments of $62.8 million in respect of the 10 cent 2012 final dividend in April 2013 and the
5 cent 2013 interim dividend in September 2013 and currency translation impacts of $18.6 million on the USD
component of net debt. In June 2013, a US$40.0 million tranche of the US Private Placement Notes was repaid
in accordance with its maturity; this debt was subject to an interest rate and cross currency swap to AUD with the
effective repayment of $56.9 million being matched by debt drawn under the group’s existing bank facilities. The
final US$20.0 million tranche of the US Private Placement Notes is due for repayment in June 2015. The group
has $800.0 million of bank facilities which expire in April 2017.

54

Movement in net (debt) cash

$ million

Opening net cash (debt)

Operating cash flow
MAC royalty
Exploration
Interest (net)
Tax
Capital expenditure
Purchase of Sri Lanka deposits
Asset sales
Share purchases for employee share schemes
Free cash flow
Dividends
Net cash flow
Exchange revaluation of USD net debt
Amortisation of deferred borrowing costs
Increase in net debt

Full Year
2012

1st Half
2013

2nd Half
2013

Full Year
2013

156.7

368.7
76.1
(34.4)
(0.7)
(159.1)
(167.3)
-
1.4
(3.5)
81.2
(333.7)
(252.5)
2.2
(2.3)
(252.6)

(95.9)

(197.0)

(95.9)

92.4
36.1
(9.8)
(6.6)
(124.0)
(31.5)
-
0.7
(1.8)
(44.5)
(41.9)
(86.4)
(13.8)
(0.9)
(101.1)

31.6
46.6
(13.3)
(7.1)
(16.1)
(21.0)
(4.6)
1.3
(0.4)
17.0
(20.9)
(3.9)
(4.8)
(0.9)
(9.6)

124.0
82.7
(23.1)
(13.7)
(140.1)
(52.5)
(4.6)
2.0
(2.2)
(27.5)
(62.8)
(90.3)
(18.6)
(1.8)
(110.7)

Closing net debt

(95.9)

(197.0)

(206.6)

(206.6)

Operating cash flow in the year of $124.0 million is significantly lower than the previous corresponding period,
reflecting lower sales revenue.

MAC cash flows were $6.6 million higher than the previous corresponding period reflecting higher MAC royalty
income of $14.0 million, offset partially by higher amounts receivable for the December quarter, payable in
January of the subsequent year.

Tax payments in the year of $140.1 million were $19.0 million lower than the previous corresponding period due
mainly to lower payments in respect of prior years (2013 included $118.4 million in respect of 2012 and 2012
included $152.3 million in respect of 2011). Iluka resumed quarterly tax payments in Australia during the year.

Capital expenditure of $52.5 million in the year related mainly to various major projects, including Cataby
(Western Australia), West Balranald (New South Wales) and Hickory (Virginia), as well as the construction of
additional product storage facilities.

Share purchases are on-market purchases associated with the group’s equity based incentive plans.

A 2013 interim dividend of 5 cents per share was paid in October 2013 and a 2012 final dividend of 10 cents per
share was paid in April 2013. 2012 cash flows included the 2012 interim dividend of 25 cents per share paid in
the second half of 2012 and the 2011 final dividend of 55 cents per share paid in the first half of 2012.

The exchange revaluation of USD net debt
in the year of $18.6 million period predominantly reflects the
retranslation of US$105.0 million of debt from an exchange rate of 104.0 cents at 31 December 2012 to 89.1
cents at 31 December 2013. The exchange impacts in previous periods reflect more stable exchange rates and
lower levels of USD denominated net debt.

55

REVIEW OF AUSTRALIAN OPERATIONS

Production volumes
Zircon
Rutile
Synthetic rutile
Total Z/R/SR production
Ilmenite
Total production volume

HMC produced
HMC processed
Unit cash cost of production - zircon/rutile/SR

Mineral sands revenue
Cash costs of production
Inventory movements
Restructure and idle capacity charges
Rehabilitation and holding costs for closed sites
Government royalties
Marketing and selling costs
Asset sales and other income
EBITDA
Depreciation & amortisation
Idle asset write downs
EBIT

2013

2012 % change

245.5
127.0
59.0
431.5
394.9
826.4

1,223.5
736.4
708.0

676.5
(305.4)
(0.6)
(69.6)
3.2
(15.2)
(14.8)
0.5
274.6
(166.9)
(40.0)
67.7

293.8
220.3
248.3
762.4
459.4
1,221.8

1,206.6
1,117.5
687.0

958.2
(523.6)
328.3
(12.8)
(9.1)
(19.6)
(18.1)
3.0
706.3
(192.6)
-
513.7

(16.4)
(42.4)
(76.2)
(43.4)
(14.0)
(32.4)

1.4
(34.1)
(3.1)

(29.4)
41.7
n/a
(443.8)
n/a
22.4
18.2
(83.3)
(61.1)
13.3
n/a
(86.8)

kt
kt
kt
kt
kt
kt

kt
kt
$/t

$m
$m
$m
$m
$m
$m
$m
$m
$m
$m
$m
$m

Total Z/R/SR production decreased from the previous corresponding period reflecting completion of operating
adjustments commenced in late 2012 to curtail output in response to lower demand, to facilitate a progressive
draw down of finished goods inventory, as well as to reduce total operating costs.

Cash costs of production are $218.2 million lower than the previous corresponding period as a result of the idling
of mining at Eneabba and Tutunup South (Western Australia) during the year and curtailed production of finished
goods due to lower processing of HMC and the idling of both synthetic rutile kilns. Whilst Z/R/SR production has
reduced by 43.4 per cent compared to the previous corresponding period, HMC production remains constant
across the periods reflecting normal mining activities at Jacinth-Ambrosia and WRP. The increase in reported unit
cash cost reflects the calculation of this measure based on cash costs of production and Z/R/SR production.

The inventory movement reflects increased WIP offset by a drawdown in finished goods products as a result of
sales of Z/R/SR exceeding production during the year. In the previous corresponding period the increase related
mainly to a build of finished goods.

Restructure and idle capacity charges have increased significantly compared to the previous corresponding
period due to the decisions taken in the year to curtail production. Of the total balance, $33.5 million relates to
restructure costs most of which were incurred in the first half of 2013.

Lower government royalties reflect decreased mineral sands revenues associated with lower sales prices.

Lower marketing and selling costs reflect improved freight cost management with a move to bulk freight.

Lower depreciation and amortisation charges are a result of idling operations, including the SR 2 and SR 3 kilns
in Western Australia, with no depreciation being charged on idle assets.

The idle assets write downs relate to old equipment in Western Australia; three wet concentrator plants, two
mining unit plants and capitalised expenditure associated with restarting synthetic rutile kiln 3 which was idled in
the first half of 2013.

56

REVIEW OF UNITED STATES OPERATIONS

Production volumes
Zircon
Ilmenite
Total saleable production volume

HMC produced
HMC processed
Unit cash cost of production - saleable product

Mineral sands revenue
Cash cost of production
Inventory movements
Rehabilitation costs for closed sites
Marketing and selling costs
EBITDA
Depreciation & amortisation
EBIT

2013

2012 % change

39.6
189.6
229.2

314.8
307.8
308.0

86.6
(70.7)
14.6
(0.4)
-
30.1
(11.0)
19.1

49.4
214.7
264.1

323.1
350.6
238.0

111.6
(59.9)
18.6
(0.7)
0.4
70.0
(7.0)
63.0

(19.8)
(11.7)
(13.2)

(2.6)
(12.2)
(29.4)

(22.4)
18.0
(21.5)
(42.9)
(100.0)
(57.0)
(57.1)
(69.7)

kt
kt
kt

kt
kt
$/t

$m
$m
$m
$m
$m
$m
$m
$m

Zircon and ilmenite production is 13.2 per cent lower than the previous corresponding period as production was
reduced based on the availability of HMC for processing from the Concord and Brink mines in the United States.

Higher unit cash cost of production reflect lower finished goods production volumes, higher local cash costs and
an unfavourable exchange rate movement.

Lower sales revenue is due to lower realised zircon prices and lower ilmenite sales volumes, partially offset by
increased zircon sales volumes.

The inventory movement for the year predominantly reflects a build in ilmenite inventory, representing 31 per cent
of the annual production.

Higher depreciation and amortisation charges are due to higher capital spend at the end of 2012 and in 2013
resulting primarily from mining unit relocations at both mine sites which have short economic lives.

NON-IFRS FINANCIAL INFORMATION

This annual report uses non-IFRS financial information including mineral sands EBITDA, mineral sands EBIT,
group EBITDA and group EBIT which are used to measure both group and operational performance. A
reconciliation of non-IFRS financial information to profit before tax is provided below. Non-IFRS measures have
not been subject to audit or review.

Mineral sands revenue
Mineral sands expenses
Mining Area C
Foreign exchange
Corporate costs
EBITDA

AUS
676.5
(401.9)

US
86.6
(56.4)

Exploration
Other1

&

(55.8)

Mineral
sands
763.1
(514.1)

274.6

30.2

(55.8)

249.0

Depreciation & amortisation
Ilde assets write down
EBIT

(166.9)
(40.0)
67.7

(11.0)

(3.4)

19.2

(59.2)

Net interest costs
Rehabilitation unwind
Profit before tax

(31.7)
36.0

(2.9)
16.3

(59.2)

(181.3)
(40.0)
27.7

(34.6)
(6.9)

MAC

Corp

88.3

88.3

(0.4)

87.9

87.9

(0.9)
(41.2)
(42.1)

(42.1)

(13.1)
(1.8)
(57.0)

Group
763.1
(514.1)
88.3
(0.9)
(41.2)
295.2

(181.7)
(40.0)
73.5

(13.1)
(36.4)
24.0

140.2
Segment result
1Comprises resource development costs ($44.9m), marketing and selling costs ($13.5m), offset by asset sales and other
income ($2.6m).

87.9

16.3

36.0

57

DIRECTORS
The following individuals were Directors of Iluka Resources Limited during the whole of the financial year and up
to the date of this report:

G Martin
W Osborn
J Ranck
G Rezos
D Robb
J Seabrook
S Turner

On 18 December 2013, Mr G Pizzey retired as both Chairman and Director. He was replaced as Chairman by Mr
G Martin. On 21 February 2014, Mr M Bastos was appointed as Director.

DIRECTORS' PROFILES

Greg Martin, BEc, LLB, FAIM, MAICD, Chairman
Mr Martin was appointed to the Board with effect from 1 January 2013. He has over 30 years’ experience in the
energy, utility and infrastructure sectors, having spent 25 years with the Australian Gas Light Company Ltd
(AGL), including five years as CEO and Managing Director. After leaving AGL, Mr Martin was CEO of the
infrastructure division of Challenger Financial Services Group and, subsequently, Managing Director of
Murchison Metals Limited. He is currently Chairman of Prostar
Investments (Australia) Pty Ltd, and a
non-executive Director of Santos Ltd, Energy Developments Limited and the industry-funded Australian Energy
Market Operator. Mr Martin is Chairman of the Board, a member of the Audit and Risk Committee and a member
of the Remuneration and Nomination Committee (appointed 21 February 2014).

Directorships of Listed Entities (last 3 years):
Santos Limited (appointed October 2009)
Energy Developments Limited (appointed May 2006)
Murchison Metals Limited (appointed May 2011, resigned November 2012)

Wayne Osborn, DipEng, MBA, FTSE, MIE(Aust), MAICD, Chairman of the Remuneration and Nomination
Committee
Mr Osborn was appointed to the Board in March 2010. He is a former Managing Director of Alcoa of Australia
Limited. He is a director of Wesfarmers Limited and Alinta Holdings. Mr Osborn is Chairman of the Australian
Institute of Marine Science. He was formerly a director of Leighton Holdings Limited, the Australian Business Arts
Foundation and Vice President of the Chamber of Commerce and Industry, Western Australia. Mr Osborn is
Chairman of the Remuneration and Nomination Committee.

Directorships of Listed Entities (last 3 years):
Leighton Holdings Limited (appointed November 2008, resigned March 2013)
Wesfarmers Limited (appointed March 2010)

James Hutchison Ranck, BSE (Econ), FAICD
Mr Ranck was appointed to the Board with effect from 1 January 2013. He has held senior management
positions with DuPont, both in Australia and internationally in finance, chemicals, pharmaceuticals and agriculture
for over 30 years. He also served as a Director of DuPont’s Hong Kong based subsidiary, Titanium Technologies,
for seven years. Mr Ranck retired as Managing Director of DuPont Australia and New Zealand and Group
Managing Director of DuPont ASEAN in May 2010. He is currently a non-executive Director of Elders Limited and
the CSIRO. Mr Ranck is a member of the Remuneration and Nomination Committee.

Directorships of Listed Entities (last 3 years):
Elders Limited (appointed 2008)

Gavin Rezos, BA, LLB, B.Juris, MAICD
Mr Rezos was appointed to the Board in June 2006. He has extensive Australian and international investment
banking experience and is a former Investment Banking Director of the HSBC Group with regional roles during
his HSBC career based in London, Sydney and Dubai. Mr Rezos has held chief executive positions and
executive directorships of companies in the technology, energy and resources areas in the UK, US and
Singapore and was formerly a director of Amity Oil NL (Antares). He is Chairman of Alexium International Group
Limited, a principal of Viaticus Capital Pty Ltd and a director of Rowing Australia. Mr Rezos is a member of the
Remuneration and Nomination Committee.

58

Directorships of Listed Entities (last 3 years):
Alexium International Group Limited (appointed March 2010)
Niuminco Group Limited, formerly DSF International Holdings Limited (appointed November 2008, resigned
August 2011)

David Alexander Robb, BSc, GradDip (Personnel Administration), FAIM, FAICD, Managing Director
Mr Robb is Managing Director and CEO of Iluka Resources Limited. He is also currently a Director of the Centre
for Independent Studies and Chair of the Faculty of Engineering, Computing and Mathematics at the University of
Western Australia. He worked in the downstream oil industry with BP in Australia, the UK, the USA and Asia,
before joining Wesfarmers in Perth in 1995. In 2004 he was appointed an Executive Director of Wesfarmers
Limited, a role relinquished in 2006 on joining Iluka. Other previous roles include Chairman of Consolidated Rutile
Limited and Deputy Chair of Methodist Ladies College, Perth.

Jennifer Anne Seabrook, BCom, FCA, FAICD, Chairman of the Audit and Risk Committee
Ms Seabrook was appointed to the Board in May 2008. She is also a non-executive director of IRESS Ltd and
Export Finance and Insurance Corporation and is a Special Advisor to Gresham Partners Limited. She was
formerly a member of
the Takeovers Panel (2000 to 2012), and previous directorships include being a
non-executive director of Amcor Limited, Bank of Western Australia Limited, West Australian Newspapers
Holdings Limited, Australian Postal Corporation, Alinta Gas and Western Power. In her executive career Ms
Seabrook worked at senior levels in chartered accounting, capital markets and investment banking businesses.
Ms Seabrook is Chairman of the Audit and Risk Committee and a member of the Remuneration and Nomination
Committee.

Directorships of Listed Entities (last 3 years):
IRESS Limited (appointed August 2008)
Amcor Limited (appointed December 2011, resigned July 2012)

Stephen John Turner, BCom, ACA
Mr Turner was appointed to the Board in March 2010. He is a founder of the London Stock Exchange listed
company, International Ferro Metals Limited. He was the Chief Executive Officer of International Ferro Metals
Limited from 2002 to 2009 and continues as a director of that company. He is also a director of South American
Ferro Metals Limited and Chairman of Vantage Goldfields Limited. Mr Turner has had responsibility for resource
projects in Australia, Africa and the Pacific Islands. He was a founding director of the Australian subsidiary of
PSG Investment Group, a South African investment bank. He is an Australian Chartered Accountant. Mr Turner
is a member of the Audit and Risk Committee.

Directorships of Listed Entities (last 3 years):
International Ferro Metals Limited (appointed January 2002)
South American Ferro Metals Limited (appointed November 2010)
Vantage Goldfields Limited (appointed October 2009)
Timpetra Resources Limited (appointed May 2010, resigned May 2013)

George John Pizzey, BE(Chem), FellDip(Management), FTSE, FAICD, FAIM
Mr Pizzey was appointed to the Board in November 2005 and retired in December 2013. He has extensive
experience in mining and mineral processing. Mr Pizzey was Chairman of Alcoa of Australia and held a number
of senior executive positions with Alcoa Inc (USA). He is Chairman of Alumina Limited and a director of Amcor
Limited. He was formerly a director of St Vincent’s Medical Research Institute (retired November 2011) and of the
London Metal Exchange UK from 1997 to 2003.

Directorships of Listed Entities (last 3 years):
Alumina Limited (appointed June 2007)
Amcor Limited (appointed September 2003, resigned December 2013)

Marcelo Bastos, Mechanical Engineering (UFMG), MBA (FDC-MG), MAICD
Mr Bastos was appointed to the Board with effect from 20 February 2014. Mr Bastos is the Chief Operating
Officer of the global resources company, MMG Limited, with responsibility of operations in three continents. He
has extensive experience in major projects development and operation, and company management in the metals
and mining industry (iron ore, gold, copper, nickel and coal sectors). Mr Bastos has served as the Chief
Executive Officer of BHP Billiton Mitsubishi Alliance (BMA), as President of Nickel West of BHP Billiton Limited,
President and Chief Operating Officer of Cerro Matoso and Nickel Americas of BHP Billiton and also had a 19
year career with Vale (CVRD) in senior management and operational positions, last of those as Director of Non
Ferrous operations. He is a former non-executive director of Golding Contractors Pty Ltd. He is also a former
Member of
the
Queensland Resources Council. Mr Bastos is a member of
the Audit and Risk Committee (appointed 21
February 2014).

the Western Australia Chamber of Mines and Energy and served as Vice President of

59

MEETINGS OF DIRECTORS

Board of Directors'
meetings

Audit and Risk Committee
meetings

Number
attended Number held

G Martin
W Osborn
G Pizzey
J Ranck
G Rezos
D Robb
J Seabrook
S Turner
1Mr Rezos resigned from the Audit and Risk committee effective from 24 June 2013.

Number held
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9

6
-
-
-
21
-
6
6

6
-
-
-
2
-
6
6

Number
attended
8
8
9
9
8
9
9
9

Remuneration and
Nomination Committee
meetings

Number
attended
-
4
-
4
4
-
4
-

Number held
-
4
-
4
4
-
4
-

Although not members of the respective committees:

• Mr Martin attended three Remuneration and Nomination committee meetings;
• Mr Osborn attended five Audit and Risk Committee meetings;
• Mr Pizzey attended five Audit and Risk Committee meetings and four Remuneration and Nomination

Committee meetings;

• Mr Ranck attended two Audit and Risk Committee meetings; and
• Mr Turner attended one Remuneration and Nomination Committee meeting.

DIRECTORS SHAREHOLDING
Directors shareholding is set out in note 27.

EXECUTIVE TEAM PROFILES

Matthew Blackwell, B Eng (Mech), Grad Dip (Tech Mgt), MBA, MAICD, MIEAust
Head of Marketing, Mineral Sands
Mr Blackwell
joined Iluka in 2004 as President of US Operations. He has had responsibilities for Land
Management and as General Manager, USA, before being appointed Head of Marketing, Mineral Sands in
February 2014. Prior to joining Iluka he was Executive Vice President of TSX listed Asia Pacific Resources and
based in Thailand. Mr Blackwell has a background in mining and processing with positions in project
management, maintenance, production and business development.

Chris Cobb, Dip CSM, FIQ, MAICD
Head of Alliances, New Ventures and Royalties
Mr Cobb joined Iluka in 2009 as General Manager, Sales and Marketing and appointed to his current role in
February 2014. Mr Cobb has 33 years of resource and manufacturing experience in Africa, Europe, Asia and
Australia. Previous roles include five years as Managing Director of Consolidated Rutile Ltd, an ASX listed
Queensland mineral sands company, 12 years in copper/cobalt mining in Zambia, and four years as Chief
Executive Officer of the largest construction materials company in Malaysia.

Alan Tate, BCom, FCA, FAICD
Chief Financial Officer and Head of Strategy and Planning
Mr Tate joined Iluka in May 2008. He was previously Chief Financial Officer for Jabiru Metals. Prior to joining
Jabiru, he held senior planning,
finance and accounting roles with BHP Billiton and WMC Resources. He
commenced his career with Peat Marwick.

Doug Warden, BCom, CA, MBA, GAICD
Head of Resource Development, Mineral Sands
Mr Warden joined Iluka in 2003 and held a number of senior financial and commercial roles before leaving the
company in 2007. Since returning to Iluka in 2009, Mr Warden has held a number of roles including, General
Manager Business Development and General Manager Exploration. He was appointed to his current role as
Head of Resource Development in early 2013. Mr Warden has previously been CFO at Summit Resources
Limited and Jabiru Metals Limited and began his career in corporate finance and insolvency with Ernst & Young
and KPMG.

Steve Wickham, Assoc Dip in Mechanical Engineering
Chief Operating Officer, Mineral Sands
Mr Wickham is a mechanical engineer with extensive experience in senior and executive roles in Australia and
South Africa in the manufacturing and mining sectors. Prior to joining Iluka in 2007, he was Chief Executive
Officer of Ticor South Africa and Managing Director of Australian Zircon.

60

Cameron Wilson, General Manager, LLB, GAICD
Chief Legal Counsel and Head of Corporate Acquisitions
Mr Wilson joined Iluka in 2004. He has specialised in mining, corporate and general commercial law for most of
his professional career. Prior to joining Iluka, Mr Wilson worked in a range of legal and commercial roles with
WMC Resources.

COMPANY SECRETARY
Mr Cameron Wilson is the Company Secretary of the Company. Mr Wilson was appointed to the position of
Company Secretary in 2004. Refer to the previous section for his profile.

Mr Nigel Tinley BBus CPA GAICD also acts as Company Secretary for the Company. Mr Tinley was appointed to
the position of Joint Company Secretary in 2013 and prior to that he held senior positions in Finance and Sales
and Marketing. Before joining Iluka in 2006, Mr Tinley held a range of accounting, financial and commercial roles
for over 18 years with BHP Billiton Limited (and former BHP Limited) both in Australia and internationally.

REMUNERATION REPORT
The Remuneration Report is set out on pages 63 to 83.

INDEMNIFICATION AND INSURANCE OF OFFICERS
The company indemnifies all Directors of the company named in this report and current and former executive
officers of the company and its controlled entities against all liabilities to persons (other than the company or the
related body corporate) which arise out of the performance of their normal duties as Director or Executive Officer
unless the liability relates to conduct involving bad faith. The company also has a policy to indemnify the
Directors and Executive Officers against all costs and expenses incurred in defending an action that falls within
the scope of the indemnity and any resulting payments.

The terms of engagement of Iluka's external auditor includes an indemnity in favour of the external auditor. This
indemnity is in accordance with PricewaterhouseCoopers' standard Terms of Business and is conditional upon
PricewaterhouseCoopers acting as external auditor. Iluka has not otherwise indemnified or agreed to indemnify
the external auditors of Iluka at any time during the financial year.

During the year the company has paid a premium in respect of Directors' and Executive Officers' insurance. The
contract contains a prohibition on disclosure of the amount of the premium and the nature of the liabilities under
the policy.

ENVIRONMENTAL REGULATIONS
The group's Australian operations are subject to various Commonwealth and State laws governing the protection
of the environment in areas such as air and water quality, waste emission and disposal, environmental impact
assessments, mine rehabilitation and access to, and use of, ground water. In particular, some operations are
required to be licensed to conduct certain activities under the environmental protection legislation of the state in
which they operate and such licenses include requirements specific to the subject site.

So far as the Directors are aware, there have been no material breaches of the group's licences and all mining
and exploration activities have been undertaken in compliance with the relevant environmental regulations.

NON-AUDIT SERVICES
The group may decide to employ the external auditor on assignments additional to their statutory audit duties
where the auditor's expertise and experience with the group are important.

The Board of Directors has considered the position and, in accordance with advice received from the Audit and
Risk Committee, is satisfied that the provision of the non-audit services is compatible with the general standard of
independence for auditors imposed by the Corporations Act 2001. The Directors are satisfied that the provision of
non-audit services by the external auditor, as set out below, did not compromise the auditor independence
requirements of the Corporations Act 2001 for the following reasons:

•
•

fees paid to external auditors for non-audit services for the 2013 year were within the group policy; and
none of the services undermine the general principles relating to auditor independence as set out in APES
110 Code of Ethics for Professional Accountants.

A copy of the auditors' independence declaration as required under section 307C of the Corporations Act 2011 is
set out on page 84.

Fees that were paid or payable during the year for non-audit services provided by the auditor of the parent entity,
its network firms and non-related audit firms is set out in note 21 on page 117 of the financial report.

61

MATTERS SUBSEQUENT TO THE END OF THE FINANCIAL YEAR
On 21 February 2014, Iluka announced that it had concluded an Investment Agreement with Metalysis Limited
(Metalysis) for an interest of 18.3 per cent, subject to usual conditions precedent, for a consideration of £12.2
million (approximately A$22.5 million). Metalysis is a private, Venture Capital
funded technology company
established in 2001, which is based near Sheffield in the United Kingdom. Metalysis has demonstrated that it is
able to produce titanium powder directly from Iluka’s main high grade titanium feedstock products of rutile. Iluka’s
investment in Metalysis provides the following:

•

•
•
•
•

•

a 18.3 per cent interest, on a fully diluted basis (19.6 per cent on an undiluted basis), which would make Iluka
the largest shareholder;
a right to increase its shareholding to between 20 to 24.9 per cent in the event of an Initial Public Offering;
a pro-rata first right of refusal over any transfers of existing shares or issues of new shares;
one Board seat with full voting rights and one observer;
a non-exclusive world-wide licence over the Metalysis technology to produce titanium powder in return for a
revenue royalty on normal commercial terms; and
right of first offer over future titanium metal licences, excluding current negotiations Metalysis is undertaking
with respect to two specific licences.

All conditions precedent were satisfied on 28 February 2014.

LIKELY DEVELOPMENTS AND EXPECTED RESULTS
In the opinion of the Directors, likely developments in and expected results of the operations of the group have
been disclosed in the Operating and Financial Review on page 46. Disclosure of further material relating to those
matters could result in unreasonable prejudice to the interests of the group.

ROUNDING OF AMOUNTS
The company is of a kind referred to in Class Order 98/100, issued by the Australian Securities and Investments
Commission, relating to the 'rounding off' of amounts in the Directors' Report. Amounts in the Directors' Report
have been rounded off in accordance with that Class Order to the nearest hundred thousand dollars, or in certain
cases, to the nearest thousand dollars.

This report is made in accordance with a resolution of the Directors.

G Martin
Chairman
Perth
19 March 2014

62

Remuneration Report

CONTENTS

SECTION 1
SECTION 2
SECTION 3
SECTION 4
SECTION 5
SECTION 6
SECTION 7
SECTION 8
SECTION 9
SECTION 10

2013 OVERVIEW
2013 TOTAL REALISED EARNINGS
LINK BETWEEN PERFORMANCE AND REWARD
REMUNERATION GOVERNANCE
EXECUTIVE REMUNERATION
MANAGING DIRECTOR REMUNERATION
EXECUTIVE EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENTS
NON-EXECUTIVE DIRECTOR REMUNERATION
NON-EXECUTIVE DIRECTOR AND KEY MANAGEMENT PERSONNEL SHAREHOLDINGS
DETAILS OF STATUTORY REMUNERATION DISCLOSURES

The Directors of Iluka Resources Limited present this Remuneration Report (Report) for the consolidated entity
for the year ended 31 December 2013. The information provided in this Report has been audited as required by
section 308(3C) of the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth) and forms part of the Directors’ Report.

This Report sets out remuneration information for the Non-executive Directors, Managing Director and other
the Key Management Personnel (KMP) who have authority for planning, directing and
senior executives,
controlling the activities of the company (as defined in AASB 124 Related Party Disclosures).

SECTION 1 2013 OVERVIEW

The following provides an overview of Iluka’s remuneration and incentive outcomes in 2013.

Total Fixed Remuneration (TFR)

(Section 5.2)

in February 2013,

A re-organisation,
resulted in changes in reporting
relationships and individual accountabilities for certain executive roles and,
in some cases, re-evaluation of remuneration levels against the market.
the Managing
A separate review was undertaken, as required under
Director’s contract, for the Managing Director’s remuneration and further
details are set out in section 6.

Due to the low level of profitability for the company in 2013, the Board has
to exclude all
taken the decision, on management’s recommendation,
executives and senior managers from the 2014 salary review.

Short Term Incentive Plan (STIP)

(Section 5.4)

The 2013 STIP outcome equated to an average payment of 26 per cent of
maximum opportunity for all executive KMP (including the Managing
Director).

the STIP award reflected the low cycle
The Profitability component of
In
mineral sands industry conditions and resulting financial outcomes.
determining the final STIP awards,
the Board exercised its discretion to
adjust the Profitability component for the Managing Director and Executive
KMP (50 per cent and 60 per cent of the total STIP opportunity respectively)
from a relatively small payment under one of the measures, to a zero result
for the Profitability component overall.

Strong performance was achieved in relation to the Sustainability targets
and executives maintained focus on their individual objectives relating to
growth opportunities for the company.

There was mandatory deferral of 50 per cent of
the STIP award for
executives into restricted shares. The deferred portion vests over a two year
period, and is subject to clawback during deferral.

The 2013 STI outcomes for executive KMP are at a similar level to 2012 (on
average 3 per cent lower). Whilst financial performance was lower in 2013
than 2012, targets for each year are set based on industry conditions and
business performance expectations at the time. In 2012, a year in which the
second highest profit ever for the company was recorded, no payment was
made in relation to the Profitability component due to the challenging targets
set. Threshold, Target and Stretch levels of performance are set in advance
for incentive payments in all
financial years and as a result may vary
depending on prevailing business performance expectations.

63

The Board believes the final 2013 STIP awards reflect 2013 company
performance while rewarding actions that are critical to the company’s future
and so appropriately reflect management performance balanced against
outcomes for shareholders.

Long Term Incentive Plan (LTIP)

(Section 5.5)

100 per cent vesting of the 2011 LTIP (performance period 1 January 2011
to 31 December 2013) reflected:

•

TSR of 39.4 per cent which ranked at
S&P/ASX 200 Materials Index comparator group; and

the 91.1st percentile of

the

• ROE performance of 22.3 per cent against a stretch target of 20 per cent.

Managing Director’s Long Term
Incentive Deferral (LTID) Plan

(Section 6)

The Managing Director’s LTID plan performance period ended on 1 March
2014. Of the 750,000 share rights offered, 250,000 will vest based on the
company’s financial performance over the three year period. However,
vesting will not occur until 12 months after the end of performance period,
that is, vesting will not occur until March 2015

The Board and the Managing Director have agreed that a replacement for
the expired Managing Director’s LTID plan is not appropriate at this time.

Total Remuneration

(Section 2.1 and Section 10)

In 2013, average total remuneration for the Managing Director and other
executive KMP reduced by 12 per cent on a statutory basis (see section 10)
and reduced 16 per cent on a realised or “take-home” basis (non IFRS) (see
section 2.1) compared with 2012 total remuneration levels.

Employee Share Plan

(Section 5.7)

Minimum Shareholding
Requirements

(Section 5.6)

Non-Executive Directors Fees

(Section 8)

Plans for 2014

In line with the company’s focus on share ownership for all employees, offers
were made under the A$1,000 employee share plan in 2013. Overall 596
employees (98 per cent of eligible employees) accepted the offer
to
participate in the plan for which a total of 56,620 shares were awarded.

Consistent with prior years,
the minimum shareholding requirements for
executive KMP are 100 per cent of TFR for the Managing Director and 75
per cent of TFR for other executive KMP.

Minimum shareholding guidelines were introduced for Non-executive
Directors which require a shareholding equivalent to 50 per cent of annual
base fees within three years of joining the Board.

No changes were made to Non-executive Director fees in 2013 (fees have
not been increased since 2011). The Board determined that Non-executive
Director fees and the Non-executive Director fee pool would not be adjusted
for the 2014 financial year.

During the 2014 financial year, the Remuneration & Nomination Committee
will conduct a review of incentive based reward covering the STIP and LTIP
the review is to ensure the company’s
arrangements. The purpose of
incentive arrangements continue to support
the creation and delivery of
value for shareholders and remain appropriate in light of current market
practice and other external factors.

SECTION 2 2013 TOTAL REALISED EARNINGS

The table below sets out the total realised earnings for the Managing Director and other executive KMP for 2013
and provides shareholders with details of the “actual” or “take-home” pay executives received during the year.

These earnings include cash salary and fees, superannuation, non-cash benefits received during the year and
the full value of incentive payments earned during the performance period ended 31 December 2013. The table
does not include the accounting value of share based payments consisting of share rights granted in the current
and prior years. This is because those share based payments are dependent on the achievement of performance
hurdles and so may or may not be realised.

As indicated in the previous section and illustrated in the following two tables, in 2013 average total remuneration
for the Managing Director and other executive KMP reduced by 16 per cent on a realised or “take-home” basis
compared with 2012 total remuneration levels.

64

Details of the remuneration received by the executive KMP prepared in accordance with statutory requirements
and accounting standards are detailed on pages 81 to 83 of this Remuneration Report.

2.1 Executive Total Realised Earnings in 2013 (non-IFRS)

Name

Base
$

Super
$

1

Other
$

2013

STIP

2

$

Cash

$
Restricted
Shares

2011
3
LTIP
$

Shares

2013
Total
Earnings
$

-

30,471

73,149

20,658

37,953

17,603

60,916

626,815

637,346

127,858

380,700

380,700

1,984,725

462,458 3,287,102

158,560 1,054,806

D Robb
Managing Director
C Cobb
Head of Marketing
A Tate
Chief Financial Officer and Head of
Strategy and Planning
D Warden
Head of Resource Development,
Mineral
S Wickham
General Manager Australian
Operations
1Includes non-monetary benefits.
2Represents the value of the 2013 STIP which was awarded partly in cash and partly in deferred equity in March 2014.
Restricted shares remain subject to continued service over a two year vesting period. (See section 5.3 for more details).
3Represents the value of the 2011-13 LTIP award for which the performance period concluded 31 December 2013 calculated at
the closing share price of $9.39 at the date of vesting (3 March 2014).
4Doug Warden was appointed to his current role and became a KMP on 1 July 2013.

163,837 1,093,540

941,924

156,236

789,980

163,837

541,055

661,225

Sands4

81,477

60,041

65,957

60,042

89,644

65,957

17,122

35,534

5,476

-

2.2 Executive Total Realised Earnings in 2012 (non-IFRS)
The table below shows the total earnings for the Managing Director and other executive KMP relating to the 2012
performance year for comparison purposes.

Name

Base
$

Super
$

1

Other
$

2013

STIP

2

$

Cash

$
Restricted
Shares

2011
3
LTIP
$

Shares

2013
Total
Earnings
$

46,503

46,298

78,434

22,811

53,146

620,338

604,012

391,965

391,965

1,727,189

1,235,366 3,822,442

D Robb
Managing Director
C Cobb
Head of Marketing
A Tate
Chief Financial Officer and Head of
Strategy and Planning
S Wickham
General Manager Australian
Operations
1Includes non-monetary benefits.
2Represents the value of the 2012 STIP which was awarded partly in cash and partly in deferred equity in March 2013.
Restricted shares remain subject to continued service over a two year vesting period.
3Represents the value of the 2010-12 LTIP award for which the performance period concluded 31 December 2012 calculated at
the closing share price of $10.13 at the date of vesting (1 March 2013).
4Doug Warden’s details are not included as he became a KMP during the 2013 financial year.

406,847 1,180,874

411,789 1,280,401

345,902 1,269,925

134,511

631,725

132,450

74,904

79,653

74,903

16,123

20,208

6,600

-

65

SECTION 3 LINK BETWEEN PERFORMANCE AND REWARD

The following section sets out details of Iluka’s financial performance and how performance has translated to
incentive outcomes for executive KMP.

3.1 Shareholder Alignment
Shareholder Returns
For the five years to 31 December 2013, shareholders achieved total returns of 113 per cent (before franking
credits and tax). This is illustrated in the below chart.

A. A shareholder invests $4.64 to acquire one share on the last day of trading in 2008.

B. As at 31 December 2013, share price was $8.63.

C. Aggregate dividends paid over the five year period were $1.23 per share (before franking credits).1

D. Total value of shares plus dividends received as at 31 December 2013 was $9.86 (B+C), amounting to a
return of 113 per cent over the five year period.
1Comprised of 2010 final dividend (8 cps unfranked), 2011 interim dividend (20 cps unfranked), 2011 final dividend (55 cps
franked), 2012 interim dividend (25 cps franked), 2012 final dividend (10 cps franked) and 2013 interim dividend (5 cps
franked).

Earnings and free cash flow over the same five year period are set out in the table below:

Net profit after tax ($ million)
Free cash flow ($ million)
Earnings per share (cents)
Cash flow per share (cents)
Dividends paid (cents)
Closing share price ($)

31 Dec 09

31 Dec 10

31 Dec 11

31 Dec 12

31 Dec 13

(82.4)
(209.8)
(20.2)
(50.1)
0
3.58

36.1
60.7
8.6
14.5
0
9.14

541.8
589.6
130.1
140.6
28
15.50

363.2
81.2
87.1
19.4
80
9.02

18.5
(27.5)
4.4
(6.6)
15
8.63

Over the five years to 31 December 2013, a period in which capital expenditure and free cash flow have varied
the company’s Free Cash Flow (FCF) in total has been paid to
markedly year to year, 108 per cent of
shareholders in dividends. Total incentives awarded under the STIP and LTIP over the corresponding period is
10 per cent of FCF.

66

Share price performance
The graph below shows how Iluka’s share price has outperformed the ASX 200 Materials, ASX 300 Metals &
Mining and ASX 50 Midcap Indices over the corresponding five year period from 1 January 2010 to 31 December
2013.

3.2 Performance Based Reward
2013 STIP Performance
The following chart provides a comparison between the maximum STIP opportunity for the Managing Director
and other executive KMP and the actual amounts that were awarded in 2013 and 2012. Note Doug Warden
became a KMP during 2013 on appointment to his current role, so 2012 outcomes are not included.

Commentary on the performance outcome for each STIP component is detailed in the next table.

67

2013 Performance against 2013 STIP Targets

Strategic
Driver

Profitability
(50%-60%
weighting)

STIP Measures Rationale for inclusion

Outcome

Return on Capital
(ROC)

Free Cash Flow
(FCF)2

Reflects how efficiently Iluka
utilises capital to generate
earnings and is the ‘internal
surrogate’ for ROE.

Reflects the cash generation of
Iluka, with higher FCF allowing
more dividends to be paid and/or
greater investment in sustaining
and growing the business while
maintaining a conservatively
geared balance sheet.

Net Profit After
Tax (NPAT)

Reflects the profit made by Iluka
and the result impact on returns
generated for shareholders.

The result for the year of 2.2 per cent (2012:
32.3 per cent) reflects the significantly lower
Group EBIT for the year and a relatively
stable level of capital employed compared
to the prior year.1

Negative free cash flow for
the year of
$27.5 million (2012: positive $81.2 million)
reflects a lower level of cash inflow due to
reduced sales volumes and lower prices
offset partially by a reduction in cash costs
and capital expenditure. FCF in 2013 also
reflects a net increase in working capital of
$256.8 million including a reduction in
current tax payable of $126.5 million, with
the payment of $118 million in tax in 2013
which related to 2012 profit.

Competitive market dynamics in a sustained
low demand environment led to significantly
lower prices being received on average
across 2013, when compared to the
previous corresponding period. The results
were also adversely impacted by idle asset
write downs and the impact of changes in
discount rates for long dated rehabilitation
provisions of $41.0 million after tax.

Sustainability
(10%
weighting)

Total Recordable
Injury Frequency
Rate (TRIFR)

Providing a safe workplace for all
employees is an integral part of
Iluka’s corporate objective and
values.

Very strong performance with a 56 per cent
reduction in the TRIFR from 2012 and a 45
per cent reduction from 2009 levels.

Severity rate –
numbers of days
lost per million
hours worked

Reflects the amount of time that is
lost due to avoidable injuries.

Strong performance against prior year, with
28 per cent reduction from 2012 levels.

Level 3 & above
environmental
incidents

Iluka has a strong commitment to
ensuring that its activities do not
have an adverse impact on the
environment.

Strong reporting focus with a continued
reduction in the number of
incidents and
following achievement of stretch targets in
2012.

68

Strategic
Driver

Growth
(30%-40%
weighting)

STIP Measures Rationale for inclusion

Outcome

Individual
objectives

Individual objectives that advance
the company’s longer term
prospects – which “make a
difference” – are referred to as
“Growth objectives” and are set at
a stretch level. Objectives reflect
individual roles and are linked to
major business opportunities and
the management of key risks as
identified in Iluka’s five year
Corporate Plan, as well as the
priorities for the relevant year.

The Managing Director and the Executive
achieved, inter alia, the following objectives
focusing on the medium to long term future
of the company:

• progression, economic improvement and
delivery flexibility of the company's major
project pipeline;

• expansion of the company's international
marketing presence, logistics capabilities,
customer
and market
knowledge;

relationships

• exploration tenement acquisition and
early stage evaluation work in multiple
overseas
including
jurisdictions,
acquisition of potentially long life, scalable
sulphate ilmenite deposits in Sri Lanka;

•

identification and investigation into new
technologies and processes with the
potential to transform the value of Iluka’s
resource base; and

• year on year progress in workforce
four areas of age,
indigenous

disability

diversity across
gender,
diversity.

and

1Capital employed includes non-current inventory and property plant and equipment associated with idled operations which do
not contribute to earnings.
2FCF was included as a profitability measure for 2013 replacing EBIT.

2011 LTIP Outcome
At the end of 2013, the 2011 LTIP grant completed its performance period (1 January 2011 to 31 December
2013). Performance was measured against both the ROE and relative TSR hurdles. Performance and vesting
outcomes were as follows:

Component

Performance target

Actual performance

Implication for vesting

ROE (50%)

Relative TSR
(50%)

(S&P/ASX 200
Materials Index)

50% vesting for Threshold of
12% with full vesting at target of
20%

22.3 per cent

Full vesting of the ROE
component

50% vesting for 50th percentile
and full vesting for 75th
percentile

91.1st percentile

Full vesting of the TSR
component

257,231 shares in total, having been purchased on market, were awarded to participants under the 2011 LTIP.

Iluka’s ROE outcome for the last five years is set out in the table below:

ROE

31 Dec 09
(7.5)

31 Dec 10
3.2

31 Dec 11
42.5

31 Dec 12
23.2

31 Dec 13
1.2

69

SECTION 4 REMUNERATION GOVERNANCE

4.1 Board Oversight
The Remuneration and Nomination Committee (Committee) operates in accordance with its charter as approved
by the Board. The Committee is comprised of the following independent Non-executive Directors:

W G Osborn (Committee Chairman)
J A Seabrook
G A Rezos
J H Ranck

The Committee’s responsibility is to provide assistance and recommendations to the Board in support of the
company’s objective of creating and delivering value for shareholders and in fulfilling its corporate governance
responsibilities relating to the following:

overall remuneration strategy of the company;
remuneration of Non-executive Directors;
performance and remuneration of the Managing Director and Executives;
selection and appointment of, and succession planning for, Non-executive Directors;
selection and appointment of, and succession planning for, the Managing Director;

•
•
•
•
•
• STIP and LTIP offers and outcomes, including all equity offers to employees;
•
•

succession planning for key roles; and
diversity strategy, policies and practices of the company.

The Committee also makes decisions on behalf of the Board where such authority has been expressly delegated.

4.2 Use of Remuneration Consultants
The Committee has the resources and authority appropriate to discharge its duties and responsibilities, including
the authority to engage external professionals on terms it determines to be appropriate. During 2013, external
advisers were engaged by the Committee and provided input on several matters relating to remuneration. These
advisers were:

• Ernst & Young (EY) – were engaged to provide assistance in relation to executive remuneration including
market benchmarking data for Managing Director Remuneration, executive remuneration market trends, the
short term incentive plan and Iluka’s employee share plans;

•

Jackson McDonald and Herbert Smith Freehills - were engaged to provide legal advice in respect of share
plans and executive contracts.

During the year ended 31 December 2013 no remuneration recommendations, as defined by the Corporations
Act, were provided by Ernst & Young, Jackson McDonald or Herbert Smith Freehills.

4.3 Securities Trading and Hedging Policy
Iluka's policy in relation to employees holding Iluka securities is set out in the company's Securities Trading
Policy, which can be found on the company's website at www.iluka.com. The policy sets out the circumstances in
which employees may trade in company securities.

Directors and executives are prohibited from trading in financial products issued or created over the company’s
securities by third parties, and from trading in associated products and entering into transactions which operate to
limit the economic risk of their security holdings in the company. This prohibition extends to directors and
executives taking out margin loans on their holdings of Iluka securities.

4.4 Clawback Policy
Under the company’s STIP and LTIP offer terms and conditions and the plan rules, the Board has discretion to
determine forfeiture of deferred or unvested equity awards in certain circumstances (e.g. unlawful, fraudulent,
dishonest behaviour or serious breach of obligations owed to the company). All
incentive offers and final
outcomes are subject to the full discretion of the Board.

4.5 People Policy and Remuneration Principles
The Iluka People Policy seeks to:

•

•

•

attract and retain the best people while building and maintaining a diverse, sustainable and high achieving
workforce;
recognise that leadership at all levels is required to create alignment of purpose, which together with the right
resources, is crucial to the achievement of extraordinary performance; and
provide a workplace in which our employees gain a sense of achievement based on the principles of
accountability, commerciality and engagement.

70

To achieve these objectives, the following principles form the basis of Iluka’s remuneration framework:

Market competitive

•

Fixed remuneration reflecting skills, experience and performance and which is
comparable and competitive within the resources sector.

• An appropriate balance between fixed and variable (at risk) components of

remuneration.

• Remuneration practice is reasonable and effective through cyclical market

conditions.

Performance based

• Variable component focused on both short and long term business performance.

• Reward for achievement of corporate and individual objectives.

•

Targets set
minimum requirements over time.

reflect both prevailing business performance expectations and

Aligned to shareholder
returns

• Performance objectives support business profitability, sustainability and growth

and result in improved shareholder returns.

• Share ownership for all employees with significant trailing exposure to company
performance for executives through deferred share plans and minimum
shareholding requirements.

Fair and transparent

• Fair remuneration and reward based on performance.

• Clear and concise disclosure.

• Compliant with relevant legislative frameworks.

71

SECTION 5 EXECUTIVE REMUNERATION

The remuneration of executive KMP is linked to both annual business and individual performance outcomes and
to the company’s ability to create and deliver competitive levels of shareholder value, as defined by total
shareholder return (TSR) and return on equity (ROE), on a longer term basis. Managing Director Remuneration is
detailed separately in Section 6.

5.1 Components of Executive Remuneration
Executive remuneration is made up of fixed (TFR) and at risk (STIP and LTIP) components. A significant portion
of total remuneration is at risk. The components of executive remuneration are as follows:

Total Fixed Remuneration (TFR)

Set at a level
the role,
experience and performance. TFR levels are benchmarked against the
median level of the resources sector.

that reflects the scope and responsibility of

Short Term Incentive Plan (STIP)

Strong link to financial performance and delivery of results. Satisfactory
individual performance against Growth objectives and above threshold
performance against group Profitability and Sustainability targets is
required before any award is payable on the relevant component.

Equity exposure is achieved through STIP deferral, with 50 per cent of the
total STIP award deferred in restricted shares for executives and senior
managers and 25 per cent deferred for all other participants. Half of the
restricted shares vest one year after the end of the performance period,
while the remaining half vests two years after the end of the performance
period.

Long Term Incentive Plan (LTIP)

Alignment with shareholder interests with the vesting of the award subject
to ROE and TSR over a three year period.

The following table sets out the relative mix of remuneration components as a percentage of total remuneration
for executive KMP for the 2013 Financial Year.

D Robb
C Cobb
A Tate
D Warden
S Wickham
1Subject to achievement of all objectives at stretch
2Subject to achievement of TSR and ROE hurdles set

Fixed
Remuneration
40%
40%
45%
45%
40%

Maximum STIP
STIP Cash
24%
18%
20%
20%
18%

At Risk Remuneration
Opportunity1
STIP Equity
24%
30%
20%
20%
30%

LTIP
Opportunity2
12%
12%
14%
14%
12%

5.2 Total Fixed Remuneration
Total Fixed Remuneration (TFR) consists of base salary, superannuation and any salary sacrifice items. TFR
levels are assessed against the median level of the resources sector through independent data provided by Hay
Group. Individual TFR is determined within an appropriate range around the market median by referencing job
evaluation data, individual experience and performance. Allowance may also be made for the competition for
certain skills within the resources sector.

The company conducts a review of the remuneration of all employees and executives on an annual basis or as
required. Review guidelines and budgets, approved by the Remuneration and Nomination Committee, are based
upon the outcomes of direct and related market
review data and external advice from the company’s
remuneration advisers. Annual assessments of performance against individual objectives are used in conjunction
with market data to determine appropriate remuneration recommendations.

A one up approval process applies to all remuneration adjustments with final Managing Director approval prior to
any remuneration review being implemented. Remuneration adjustments for direct reports to the Managing
Director are subject to Remuneration and Nomination Committee approval.

5.3 Performance and Incentives
The performance and incentive arrangements are comprised of a Short Term Incentive Plan (STIP) and a Long
Term Incentive Plan (LTIP). These distinct plans balance the short and long term aspects of business
performance, reflect market practice and ensure a strong alignment between the incentive arrangements of
executives and the creation and delivery of shareholder value.

72

Executive Incentive Opportunity
At target levels of performance, the STIP generally represents two-thirds of potential variable remuneration, and
the LTIP generally represents one-third.

Plan

STIP*
LTIP

Award as percentage of TFR at Target

Award as percentage of TFR at Stretch

60% to 90%
30%

90% to 120%
N/A

*Varies for individuals according to job size and impact

5.4 Short-Term Incentive Plan (STIP)
The STIP aims to provide an incentive to participants whilst driving shareholder value creation and promoting
equity ownership by providing awards partly in cash and partly in deferred equity. The structure of Iluka’s STIP is
as follows:

Eligibility

All executives and other nominated senior employees are eligible to participate in the
STIP.

In 2013, 195 employees (representing 23 per cent of employees and including all
executives) participated in the STIP.

Entitlement

The level of award opportunity (based on a percentage range of each participant’s
TFR) is determined by an individual’s role within the business and capacity to impact
the results of the company.

Performance measures
and targets

STIP performance measures and targets are set on an annual basis under the
categories of Profitability, Sustainability and Growth. The process for setting all
targets is a rigorous one, and measures and targets are subject to the approval of the
Remuneration and Nomination Committee.

STIP performance measures are linked to Iluka’s corporate plan and prevailing
industry dynamics to ensure that maximum shareholder returns are being provided to
investors.

Profitability
Profitability measures typically consist of return on capital and net profit after tax
metrics with the third element varying from time to time between an earnings
measure and a cash flow measure.

Free Cash Flow (FCF) was introduced in 2013 (replacing EBIT), reflecting the difficult
operating and economic environment that was foreseen and the company’s focus in
such circumstances on cash low maximisation. (See section 3.2 for further details of
2013 STIP performance measures).

Profitability targets are set based on the budget agreed by the Board, assessed
adequacy of challenge and business objectives. Targets reflect business
expectations at that time and may vary from prior year performance depending on
economic and market conditions. What are deemed to be challenging targets are set
each year. No adjustment is made to targets and outcomes for uncontrollable items
such as foreign exchange movements. The Board in all years may exercise
discretion (up or down) if circumstances eventuate that are different enough to
expectations at the start of the year to warrant such discretion.

Sustainability
Sustainability targets relate to safety and environmental objectives and are set based
improvement versus the
on a combination of industry best practice and continual
prior year performance.

Growth
Individual objectives that advance the company’s longer term prospects – which
“make a difference” – are referred to as “Growth objectives” and are set at a stretch
level. Individual Growth objectives are linked to major business opportunities and
risks from the Corporate Plan and business priorities for the year ahead. Executive
Growth objectives are set in conjunction with the Managing Director and are reviewed
and approved by the Remuneration and Nomination Committee. Managing Director
Growth objectives are reviewed and approved by the Board.

73

Performance levels

For the Profitability and Sustainability STIP performance measures, a threshold,
target and stretch goal is set at the start of the performance year. The STIP outcome
for the each performance measure is calculated according to the following schedule:

Performance Level

STI Outcome (% Target)

Threshold1
Target
Stretch

0%
100%
150% (maximum)

No payment is made in relation to Profitability and Sustainability objectives until
above threshold levels of performance achieved.

Achievement of the threshold level of performance exactly results in a zero payout.

Thereafter, a sliding scale operates between threshold and target, and between
target and stretch.

Individual Growth objectives are set at a stretch level of performance.

Payment timing

Awards are made in March following the performance year.

STI deferral

The company operates a mandatory deferral for all STIP participants. Fifty per cent of
the award (for executives and senior managers) is deferred in the form of ordinary
restricted shares (25 per cent is deferred for lower level employees). The Board has
discretion to increase the deferred proportion (thereby reducing the cash
component).

Half of the restricted shares vests one year after the end of the performance period,
while the remaining half vests two years after the end of the performance period.

The process for determining the number of restricted shares to be awarded to each
participant is determined by dividing the dollar value of the deferred component by
the Volume Weighted Average Price (VWAP) of Iluka shares traded on the ASX over
the five trading days following release of the company’s full year results.

Executives must remain employed with the company and continue to perform
satisfactorily for the shares to vest. As a consequence, executives may have a
significant trailing exposure to their own and company performance subsequent to
the award. The deferred amount supports executive focus on both annual and
multi-year performance, as well as providing a retention element.

Termination/forfeiture

Where an employee resigns or is dismissed for cause, they will forfeit the right to any
unvested deferred STIP awards. If an employee leaves due to circumstances such as
redundancy, retirement, total or permanent disablement or death, at the Board’s
discretion they still retain the right to any unvested deferred STIP awards.

Clawback

All STIP incentive offers and final outcomes are subject to the full discretion of the
Board. Under the STIP offer terms and conditions and the plan rules, the Board has
discretion to determine forfeiture of deferred equity awards in certain circumstances
(e.g. unlawful, fraudulent, dishonest behaviour or serious breach of obligations to the
company).

1Typically set at 90 per cent of budget for Profitability measures

74

5.5 The Long Term Incentive Plan (LTIP)
Iluka’s LTIP is designed to focus executives’ attention on sustainable long term growth and align the interests of
executives with those of shareholders.

Key details of the LTIP are set out in the table below:

Eligibility

All executives and nominated senior managers are eligible to participate in the LTIP.
Grants are generally restricted to employees who are most able to influence
shareholder value.

In 2013, 110 employees (representing 13 per cent of employees and including all
executives) participated in the LTIP.

Instrument

Awards are made in the form of share rights for Iluka shares that vest after three
years subject to performance over a three year vesting period.

Share rights are issued under the Directors, Executives and Employees Share
Acquisition Plan (DEESAP) and entitle the recipient to acquire fully paid ordinary
shares in the company. No amount is payable by a recipient for the grant of any
share rights under the DEESAP.

Grant value

The level of the grant is determined by an individual’s role within the business and
capacity to impact the results of the company. The maximum LTIP opportunity for the
executive KMP is typically 30 per cent of TFR.

Performance hurdles

The grant is split equally into two components:

•

•

one component (50 per cent) is assessed based on ROE relative to an internal
target; and

the other component (50 per cent) is assessed based on TSR performance
relative to a comparator group of companies.

ROE

The ROE component of the LTIP grant vests based on a prospective three year
average ROE performance measure. Vesting occurs on a straight line basis for
performance between Threshold and Target. Targets are set giving consideration to:

•

•

•

the company’s ROE performance history;

planned strategic and business plan activity throughout the performance period;
and

the performance of comparable companies in the ASX 200 Materials Index.

Targets are reviewed annually and set for a forward three year period. Targets reflect
expectations of the company’s position within the mineral sands industry, the industry
business cycle, corporate plan and budget business performance expectations.
it can be expected targets will be
Where sustainable performance improves,
increased - within the bounds of feasible achievement - creating a “staircase” effect
over time. Similarly, because performance is measured over the three years as an
average, a failure to achieve targeted levels of performance in any one year
increases the hurdle in the remaining years.

In the interest of transparent reporting, Iluka discloses its ROE target range measure
which forms part of the LTIP.

ROE targets for the 2011, 2012 and 2013 LTIP are shown in the table below:

LTIP Grant

2013-2015
2012-2014
2011-2013

Threshold

10%
40%
12%

Target

14%
50%
20%

TSR

The TSR component of
the LTIP grant may vest based on TSR relative to a
comparator group of companies. The S&P/ASX 200 Materials Index is used as the
comparator group as it reflects the companies that operate within the same industry
as Iluka and with which Iluka competes for investment.

75

A relative TSR hurdle is used as opposed to an absolute TSR hurdle in recognition of
the fact that Iluka and many of its peers operate in cyclical markets. This allows
awards to still be made where Iluka is out performing its peers, even if the market is
in a cyclical
low, and creates incentives for executives to continue to grow the
business and look to the future at all points in the cycle.

Vesting schedule

The LTIP vesting schedule below details the portion of the grant which will vest after
the three year performance period subject to the ROE and TSR hurdles.

Measure

ROE

TSR

Performance level to be
achieved
Below threshold
Threshold
Target or above
Below 50th percentile
50th percentile
75th percentile or above

Percentage of total grant
that will vest
0%
25%
50%
0%
25%
50%

Total Grant (Maximum award)

Maximum percentage of
total grant

50%

50%

100%

Vesting occurs on a straight-line basis for performance between threshold and target
(ROE measure) and 50th percentile and 75th percentile (TSR measure).

If at the end of the performance period the performance criteria have not been met
there will be no entitlement to the share rights.

Termination/forfeiture

When employment with Iluka ceases, all unvested share rights are forfeited.

All LTIP offers and details of the maximum allocation for the Managing Director and executive KMP are shown on
page 82.

5.6 Minimum Shareholding Requirements
The company places strong emphasis on promoting employee share ownership, as it increases the incentive for
employees to drive continual shareholder wealth. In line with this goal, a minimum shareholding requirement for
executives has been in place since 2011 to continue to align the interests of executives and shareholders.

As with prior years, the minimum shareholding requirements for executive KMP are:

•
•

the Managing Director is required to maintain a shareholding equivalent to 100 per cent of TFR; and
executive KMP are required to maintain a shareholding equivalent to 75 per cent of TFR.

Current shareholdings of all executive KMP are disclosed in Section 9 of this Remuneration Report.

5.7 Employee Share Plan
The primary objective of the Iluka Employee Share Plan is to encourage share ownership and a focus on
shareholder returns by all employees.

Australian employees are offered shares up to $1,000 under a tax-exempt plan, with a three year sale restriction
period. US employees do not have access to a tax exemption plan, and are therefore offered shares up to $1,000
through a grant of restricted shares, also subject to a three year restriction period. To enable US employees to
receive a tax deferral, strict forfeiture conditions apply.

In 2013, of the 488 Australian employees eligible to participate in the Employee Share Plan, 479 (98 per cent)
accepted the offer. In the US, of the 118 employees eligible to participate, 117 (99 per cent) accepted the offer.

Employees who participated in the STIP or LTIP were not eligible to participate in the 2013 Employee Share
Plan.

76

SECTION 6 MANAGING DIRECTOR REMUNERATION

The employment terms and conditions for the Managing Director, David Robb, are set out below.

Total Fixed Remuneration (TFR)

$2,000,000 for the year ended 31 December 2013.

the 2013 financial year,

TFR is subject to annual review by the Board in December each year. At the
the Board determined an
commencement of
increase to the Managing Director’s TFR was appropriate,
taking into
account the Managing Director’s experience and performance. Prior to this,
there had been no increase since 1 January 2011. The Board obtained
benchmarking data from EY. The comparator group selected was based on
specific resource industry peers with whom Iluka competes for talent.

The Board has determined that the Managing Director will not participate in
the 2014 financial year salary review.

2013 Short Term Incentive (STIP) 90 per cent of TFR at target with up to 120 per cent of TFR for stretch
performance awarded 50 per cent as cash and 50 per cent as deferred
equity.

Measure

Profitability (ROC, FCF, NPAT)

Sustainability (TRIFR, 10 per cent severity rate, and
environmental incidents)

Growth (individual objectives)

Weighting

50 per cent

10 per cent

40 per cent

Growth objectives are set for the Managing Director each year by the Board
at the stretch level of performance. These objectives typically vary from year
to year in line with the company’s objective of creating and delivering value
for shareholders.

2013 Long Term Incentive

A grant of equity in the form of share rights valued at up to 30 per cent of
TFR measured over of a three year performance period.

Measure

ROE

TSR

Weighting

50 per cent

50 per cent

Long Term Incentive Deferred Plan (2011 to 2013) - Plan Details

Retention Offer

Performance Hurdles

At
the 2011 AGM, shareholders approved the following retention
arrangements for Mr Robb (referred to as the Long Term Incentive Deferred
Plan or LTID Plan).

750,000 share rights offered in three tranches over a three year retention
period with each tranche being subject to performance criteria referable to
Iluka’s absolute TSR and ROE.

For each tranche of share rights there are TSR performance hurdles
referable to each performance period as detailed below. Each tranche is
assessed in each of the three years.

- Tranche 1 450,000 Share Rights

A base tranche of 150,000 share rights each year that requires an absolute
TSR of 12.5 per cent compounding over the three years.

- Tranche 2 150,000 Share Rights

A base tranche of 50,000 share rights each year that requires an absolute
TSR of 15 per cent compounding over the three years.

- Tranche 3 150,000 Share Rights

A base tranche of 50,000 share rights each year that requires an absolute
TSR of 17.5 per cent compounding over the three years.

Vesting Conditions

A tranche of share rights will vest on the Vesting Date if the absolute TSR
performance hurdle calculated over the Performance Period for that tranche
is achieved, subject to achievement of the Gateway.

77

Gateway

Vesting Date

Forfeiture

In order for the rights to be awarded in any of the three years, an ROE
gateway of at least 12 per cent must be achieved in addition to the TSR
hurdle.

Subject to the performance criteria of each tranche being satisfied, share
rights will vest 12 months after the last day of the third Performance Period
(i.e. February / March 2015).

All entitlements under the LTID Plan are forfeited if Mr Robb resigns prior to
the end of the three year retention period.

Full details of the Managing Director’s LTID Plan can be found on the
Remuneration section of Iluka’s website (www.iluka.com).

Long Term Incentive Deferred Plan (2011 to 2013) - Outcome

The table below sets out the vesting outcome of the LTID Plan against
the three performance periods and the
performance hurdles over
subsequent share rights that will vest in 2015. A total of 250,000 shares will
vest
in February/March 2015 versus a maximum possible vesting of
750,000 shares.

Performance Hurdles

ROE gateway
(12%)

TSR

Outcome

TSR

Outcome

TSR Outcome

Tranche 1

Tranche 2

Tranche 3

Year 1 Performance

Period1

Achieved

12.5% Achieved

15.0% Achieved

17.5% Achieved

Year 2 Performance

Period2

Achieved

26.6%

Year 3 Performance

Period3

Not Achieved

42.4%

Not
Achieved
Not
Achieved

32.3%

52.1%

Not
Achieved
Not
Achieved

38.1%

62.2%

Not
Achieved
Not
Achieved

Total Share Rights to Vest

150,000

50,000

50,000

12011 Financial Year - performance measured from 4 March 2011 to the date 5 business days after announcement of the 2011
annual financial results.
22012 Financial Year - performance measured from the end of the Year 1 Performance Period to the date 5 business days after
announcement of the 2012 annual financial results.
32013 Financial Year - performance measured from the end of the Year 2 Performance Period to the date 5 business days after
announcement of the 2013 annual financial results.

Termination Arrangements

With Notice

Without Notice

Voluntary Termination

Termination for other reasons

the 2011 AGM, shareholders approved the following termination
At
payments which may become payable to Mr Robb under the terms of the
Executive Employment Agreement entered into between Mr Robb and the
company on 11 April 2011.

Employment can be terminated by the company during the contract period
by giving 12 months’ notice or pay in lieu of notice plus the total incentive for
performance at target under the STIP and LTIP, pro-rata up to the end of
the 12 month notice period. All shares to which Mr Robb is entitled under
the DEESAP will vest within three months of termination.

In the case of misconduct and in certain other circumstances, employment
can be terminated without notice and with no entitlement to pro-rata long
service leave or any payment under any relevant incentive plan.

Employment may be terminated by giving six months’ notice. Any pro-rata
award under any relevant incentive plan will be at the discretion of the
Board.

• By Iluka on the ground of redundancy or by Mr Robb if, at the instigation
of the Board he suffers a material diminution in his status as Managing
Director, by giving 12 months’ notice or shall pay an equivalent amount
of TFR in lieu of notice.

• By Iluka if Mr Robb suffers illness, accident or other cause which
renders him unable to perform his duties, by giving Mr Robb 12 months’
notice or pay an equivalent amount of TFR in lieu of notice.

78

Protection of Interests

•

In the circumstances described above, Mr Robb will receive the total
incentive for performance at target under the STIP and LTIP, pro-rata up
to the end of the 12 month notice period. All shares to which Mr Robb is
entitled under the DEESAP will vest within three months of termination.

Mr Robb is restrained from engaging in certain activities during his
employment, and for a period of one year following termination of his
employment,
interests. The Executive
Employment Agreement contains provisions relating to the protection of
confidential information and intellectual property.

to protect

in order

Iluka’s

SECTION 7 EXECUTIVE EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENTS

Remuneration and other terms of employment for the Managing Director and executive KMP are formalised in
service agreements. The Managing Director and executive KMP are employed on a rolling basis with no specified
fixed terms. The Managing Director and executive KMP are remunerated on a TFR basis,
inclusive of
superannuation.

7.1 Executive KMP Service Agreements
Major provisions of the agreements relating to executive KMP (excluding the Managing Director) are set out
below.

Executive

Position

Termination Notice
Period by Iluka

Termination Notice
Period by
Employee

Termination
Payments1

C Cobb

Head of Marketing

3 months

3 months

9 months

A Tate

Chief Financial Officer and Head of Strategy and
Planning

D Warden

Head of Resource Development, Mineral Sands

S Wickham

General Manager Australian Operations

3 months

3 months

3 months

3 months

3 months

3 months

9 months

9 months

9 months

1Termination payments (other than for gross misconduct) are calculated on current TFR at date of termination and are inclusive
of the notice period.

SECTION 8 NON-EXECUTIVE DIRECTOR REMUNERATION

The remuneration of the Non-executive Directors is determined by the Board on recommendation from the
Remuneration and Nomination Committee within a maximum aggregate amount approved by shareholders at an
fees (including superannuation) as
Annual General Meeting. The current cap on Non-executive Directors’
approved by shareholders in May 2011 is $1.5 million. The total amount paid to Non-executive Directors in 2013
(including superannuation) was $1,320,427.

There has been no increase to Non-executive Director fees since March 2011 and fees have not been adjusted
for the 2014 financial year. Details of Non-executive Director fees in 2013 are as follows:

Non-Executive Director Fees
Board Chairman (inclusive of Committee fees)
Board Member

Board Member Committee Fees
Audit and Risk Committee Chair
Remuneration and Nomination Committee Chair
Audit and Risk Committee Member
Remuneration and Nomination Committee Member

$312,000
$125,000

$35,000
$25,000
$17,500
$12,500

The minimum required employer superannuation contribution up to the statutory maximum is paid into each
Non-executive Director’s nominated eligible fund and is in addition to the above fees.

Minimum shareholding guidelines
Effective for the 2014 financial year, the Board has introduced minimum shareholding guidelines requiring all
Non-executive Directors to acquire a shareholding of approximately 50 per cent of the value of gross base fees
within three years of appointment.

79

SECTION 9 NON-EXECUTIVE DIRECTOR AND EXECUTIVE SHAREHOLDINGS

9.1 Shareholdings

Name

Balance held at
1/1/13

Vesting of share
rights

Number Of

Shares1
Awarded as
Restricted
Shares

Other changes

Balance held at
31/12/134

Non-executive Directors
G Martin2
W Osborn
G Pizzey3
J Ranck
G Rezos
J Seabrook
S Turner

Executive Director
D Robb

Executives
C Cobb
A Tate
D Warden
S Wickham

20,000
1,800
21,351
2,000
75,000
19,314
50,000

n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a

n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a

-
5,000
-
2,500
-
-
-

20,000
6,800
21,351
4,500
75,000
19,314
50,000

740,860

121,951

38,428

(149,472)

751,767

41,502
76,763
15,718
123,518

34,146
40,163
10,976
40,650

12,985
7,343
3,954
13,187

(21,700)
(53,809)
(6,976)
(53,970)

66,933
70,460
23,672
123,385

1Shares may be held be held directly or through a nominee or agent (e.g. family trust).
2G Martin was appointed Chairman on 18 December 2013.
3G Pizzey was Chairman until his retirement on 18 December 2013. His final holdings reflect the balance held at this date.
4No shares were forfeited during the year.

9.2 Share Rights

Number Of Share

Rights1

Name

Balance held
at 1/1/13

Granted
during 2013

Vested as
shares during
2013

Lapsed
20132

during

Balance held
at 31/12/13

Fair value of
Share Rights
20133

granted in

Executive Director
D Robb

952,676

58,824

(121,951)

Executives
C Cobb
A Tate
D Warden
S Wickham

62,597
69,302
27,513
69,843

20,088
19,853
17,765
20,088

(34,146)
(40,163)
(10,976)
(40,650)

0

0
0
0
0

889,549

$517,941

48,539
48,992
34,302
49,281

$176,877
$174,805
$156,418
$176,877

1Non-executive Directors do not have any entitlement to share rights.
2500,000 of the share rights held by D Robb will not vest under the Long Term Incentive Deferred Plan for which the
performance period ends in March 2014.
3Share rights granted in respect of the 2013 LTIP which forms part of share based payments for 2013 to 2015 inclusive.

80

SECTION 10 DETAILS OF STATUTORY REMUNERATION DISCLOSURES

Details of the remuneration of the KMP (as defined in AASB 124 Related Party Disclosures) of Iluka Resources
Limited and the Iluka Resources Limited Group are set out in the following tables. Other KMP of the company
and the group are the executives who have authority for planning, directing and controlling the activities of the
company and the group.

•

•

amounts in the ”STIP Cash” column are dependent on the satisfaction of performance conditions as set out in
Section 5.4.
amounts in the ”Share Based Payments” column relate to the component of the fair value of awards from prior
years made under the various incentive plans attributable to the year measured in accordance with AASB 2
Share Based Payments

All other elements of remuneration included in the tables are not directly related to performance.

2013

Name

Base,
Committee,
Cash,
Salary &
Fees
$

STIP
Cash1,2
$

Non-monetary
Benefits
$

Other
$

Super-
annuation
$

Share-based
payments1,2
$

17,603

1,811,437

4,255,381

Non-executive Directors
G Martin
W Osborn
G Pizzey
J Ranck
G Rezos
J Seabrook
S Turner

148,278
150,000
301,364
137,500
155,000
172,500
142,500

Total

1,207,142

Executive Director
D Robb

1,984,725

n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a

-
-
5,480
5,292
-
-
-

10,772

380,700

60,916

Executives
C Cobb
A Tate
D Warden3
S Wickham

626,815
637,346
541,055
661,225

73,149
60,042
65,957
89,644

30,471
-
-
5,476

n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a

-

-
-
-
-

13,386
13,688
20,004
12,547
14,144
15,741
13,003

102,513

n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a

37,953
20,658
35,534
17,122

314,243
217,949
133,530
321,501

2,466,441

Total
1STIP cash and share-based payments for 2013 were made in March 2014.
2n/a denotes that Non-executive Directors are not eligible for cash STIP or share-based payments.
3D Warden became a KMP during the 2013 financial year.

288,792

111,267

35,947

-

987,223

81

2013
Statutory
Total
$

161,664
163,688
326,848
155,339
169,144
188,241
155,503

1,320,427

1,082,631
935,995
776,076
1,094,968

3,889,670

2012

Name

Base,
Committee,
Cash,
Salary &
Fees1
$

STIP
Cash1,2
$

Non-monetary
Benefits
$

Other
$

Super
-annuation
$

Share-based
payments1,2
$

Non-executive Directors
W Osborn
G Pizzey
G Rezos
J Seabrook
S Turner

150,000
312,000
155,000
172,500
142,500

Total

932,000

n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a

-
-
-
-
-

Executive Director
D Robb

1,727,189

391,965

53,146

Executives
C Cobb
A Tate
S Wickham

620,338
604,012
631,725

78,434
74,904
79,653

46,298
-
6,600

n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a

-

-
-
-

13,500
16,675
13,950
15,525
12,825

72,475

n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a

46,503
20,208
16,123

422,191
320,031
444,617

1,856,075

Total
1STIP Cash and Share-based payments for 2012 were made in March 2013.
2n/a denotes that Non-executive Directors are not eligible for cash STIP or share-based payments.

232,991

82,834

52,898

-

1,186,839

2012
Statutory
Total
$

163,500
328,675
168,950
188,025
155,325

1,004,475

1,213,764
1,019,155
1,178,718

3,411,637

22,811

3,294,351

5,489,462

SHARE-BASED COMPENSATION

STIP Restricted Shares awarded to the Managing Director and executive KMP yet to vest
%2

Awarded

Name

D Robb
C Cobb
A Tate
D Warden
S Wickham

2011

STIP1

2012

STIP1

2013

STIP1

2011

2012

2013

26,166
12,160
6,659
3,536
12,565

38,428
12,985
7,343
3,954
13,187

40,312
13,539
6,358
6,984
16,544

83
90
80
85
90

37
27
26
21
27

32
25
20
24
30

1STIP restricted share fair value is determined as the volume weighted average price of ordinary shares over the five trading
days following the release of the company’s annual results. STIP restricted shares are awarded in March of the following year
(e.g. 2013 STIP awards are made in March 2014).
2The percentage achieved of the STIP maximum incentive opportunity awarded for the financial year.

82

Maximum value of unvested restricted shares and share rights

The maximum value of restricted shares and/or share rights that will be recognised as share based payments in
future years is set out below. The maximum value of those restricted shares and/or share rights yet to vest has
been determined as the amount of the grant date fair value of the shares and/or shares rights that is yet to be
expensed. No share and/or share rights will vest if the conditions are not satisfied, hence the minimum value of
the unvested shares and/or share rights is nil.

Name

D Robb
C Cobb
A Tate
D Warden
S Wickham

Fair Value

Maximum Value ($)

Vesting Year

2015

3,743,839
278,969
217,917
154,288
296,494

2014

1,046,624
411,069
295,264
152,119
423,581

2016

708,512
240,875
204,915
153,195
255,063

The fair value of each restricted share or share right and the vesting year for each incentive plan is set out below.

Incentive Plan

LTID (Tranche 1)
LTID (Tranche 2)
LTID (Tranche 3)
2011 LTIP
*2011 STIP
2012 LTIP
*2012 STIP
2013 LTIP
*2013 STIP

Grant Date

March 2011
March 2011
March 2011
January 2011
March 2012
January 2012
March 2013
February 2013
March 2014

Fair Value per Share or
Right at Grant Date

11.81
11.49
11.16
8.41
16.68
12.87
10.20
8.81
9.44

Vesting Year

2015
2015
2015
2014
2013 & 2014
2015
2014 & 2015
2016
2015 & 2016

*Awards under these plans are restricted shares, all other plans grant share rights.

The fair value is calculated in accordance with the measurement criteria of Accounting Standard AASB 2 Share
Based Payments as set out in note 24 of the financial report.

83

Auditor’s Independence Declaration

As lead auditor for the audit of Iluka Resources Limited for the year ended 31 December 2013, I
declare that to the best of my knowledge and belief, there have been:

a) no contraventions of the auditor independence requirements of the Corporations Act 2001 in

relation to the audit; and

b) no contraventions of any applicable code of professional conduct in relation to the audit.

This declaration is in respect of Iluka Resources Limited and the entities it controlled during the
period.

Nick Henry
Partner
PricewaterhouseCoopers

Perth
19 March 2014

PricewaterhouseCoopers, ABN 52 780 433 757
Brookfield Place, 125 St Georges Terrace, PERTH WA 6000, GPO Box D198, PERTH WA 6840
T: +61 8 9238 3000, F: +61 8 9238 3999, www.pwc.com.au

Liability limited by a scheme approved under Professional Standards Legislation.

84

Corporate Governance Statement

APPROACH TO CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

Iluka believes that the highest standards of corporate governance are essential in order to create and deliver
value for shareholders.

ASX CORPORATE GOVERNANCE RECOMMENDATIONS

Iluka considers that it meets each of the requirements of the Australian Securities Exchange (ASX) Corporate
Governance Council’s (Council) Corporate Governance Principles and Recommendations with 2010
Amendments (Second Edition) (ASX Principles).

The Governance section of the Iluka website www.iluka.com contains Iluka’s key corporate governance policy
documents. These include the:

• Board Charter
• Code of Conduct
• Directors’ Code of Conduct
• Audit and Risk Committee Charter
• Remuneration and Nomination Committee Charter
• Securities Trading Policy
• Continuous Disclosure and Market Communications Policy
• Whistleblower Policy
• Anti-bribery and Corruption Policy

DIVERSITY

Iluka acknowledges the Council’s amendments to the ASX Principles released on 30 June 2012 (Diversity
Principles).

Iluka seeks to attract and retain the best people while building and maintaining a diverse, sustainable and high
achieving workforce. Iluka will continue to develop and implement programmes which foster workforce and Board
diversity.

Further information outlining Iluka’s approach and compliance with Diversity Principles is set out on pages 37 to
39 of this report and in the People section of the Iluka website.

ROLE AND RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS

The Board operates in accordance with the broad principles set out in the Board Charter. The primary roles of the
Board are:

appointing and removing the Managing Director;

•
• monitoring the performance of the Managing Director and the senior management group;
•

determining the strategic direction and financial objectives of Iluka and ensuring appropriate resources are
available to management;

• monitoring the implementation and achievement of strategic and financial objectives; and
•

reporting to shareholders and the investment community on the performance of the company.

The Board delegates the implementation of corporate strategy and day-to-day management
management, led by the Managing Director.

to senior

For further information on the roles and responsibilities of the Board and senior executives, please refer to the
copy of the Board Charter available in the Governance section of the Iluka website.

BOARD MEMBERSHIP

Details of the members of the Board, their date of appointment, qualifications and experience are set out on
pages 58 to 59 of
this report. The Remuneration and Nomination Committee considers and recommends
potential Directors to the Board based on the skills and experience they are able to bring to the Board. The Board
seeks to ensure that its size and the blend of skills of the Directors are conducive to effective discussion and
efficient decision-making.

With the exception of the Managing Director, the Board is comprised of non-executive Directors.

Iluka’s Constitution requires Directors to retire from office no later than the third Annual General Meeting following
their election or re-election. The Directors have adopted an internal guideline that the maximum preferred length
of service is ten years.

85

DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE

The Board recognises the importance of independent judgement in the decision-making process. The Board’s
Charter expressly requires that the majority of the Board be comprised of independent Directors and that the
Chairman is an independent Director.

The Board Charter sets out the criteria for determining whether a non-executive Director is independent. The
Board considers that all non-executive Directors are independent and no non-executive Directors have any
relationships, which could be considered to affect that independent status.

For further details on the criteria used for director independence, please refer to the copy of the Board Charter
available in the Governance section of the Iluka website.

MANAGING DIRECTOR

The Managing Director recommends policy, strategic direction and business plans for the Board’s approval and is
responsible for managing Iluka’s day-to-day activities.

The Managing Director is selected and appointed by the Board and is subject to an annual performance review
by the non-executive Directors.

CONFLICTS OF INTEREST

Each Director has an ongoing responsibility to:

•

•

disclose to the Board details of transactions or interests, actual or potential that may create a conflict of
interest; and
if requested by the Board, within a reasonable period, take such necessary and reasonable steps to remove
any conflict of interest.

If a Director cannot or will not remove a conflict of interest then the Director must, in accordance with the
Corporations Act 2001, absent himself or herself from the room when discussion and/or voting occurs on matters
about which the conflict relates.

DIRECTOR INDUCTION AND EDUCATION

Directors undergo an induction process upon appointment which includes a detailed briefing on Iluka, meeting
key executives and touring operational sites. Thereafter, Directors undertake operational site visits and are
provided with regular updates and briefings on current and emerging issues relating to the company and the
industry.

Directors are encouraged to undertake continuing education relevant to the discharge of their duties. Iluka meets
all reasonable costs of continuing Director education.

DIRECTORS' ACCESS TO INDEPENDENT ADVICE

A Director may, with prior written approval of the Chairman, obtain independent professional advice to assist the
Director in fulfilling their responsibilities. Iluka meets reasonable expenses incurred in obtaining that advice.

BOARD MEETINGS

In 2013, the Board met on nine occasions to conduct its duties. All meetings were scheduled, with one meeting
dedicated primarily to strategic planning. The Chairman chaired all the meetings.

The non-executive Directors periodically meet independent of management to discuss relevant issues.

Directors’ attendance at Board and Committee meetings are detailed on page 60 of this report.

COMPANY SECRETARY

The Company Secretary is responsible for:

advising the Board on corporate governance matters;

•
• management of the company secretarial function;
•
•

attending all Board and Board committee meetings and taking minutes; and
communication with the ASX.

86

COMMITTEES OF THE BOARD

The Board has established two committees: the Remuneration and Nomination Committee and the Audit and
Risk Committee. Each committee functions under a specific charter and is comprised wholly of independent,
non-executive Directors. The structure and membership of these committees are reviewed periodically. Each
committee reviews its charter on an annual basis. Unless expressly delegated by the Board to a committee, a
committee submits all decisions of that committee to the full Board as recommendations to the Board.

REMUNERATION AND NOMINATION COMMITTEE

The Remuneration and Nomination Committee is responsible for providing assistance and recommendations to
the Board in relation to:

•
•
•
•
•

development, review and implementation of the remuneration strategy of Iluka;
remuneration of executives and non-executive Directors;
performance of the Managing Director and senior executives;
succession planning for key roles to ensure a diverse range of candidates; and
assessment, composition and succession of the Board.

The Remuneration and Nomination Committee consists of the following independent, non-executive Directors: Mr
Wayne Osborn (Chairman), Ms Jenny Seabrook, Mr Gavin Rezos, Mr Hutch Ranck and Mr John Pizzey (retired
18 December 2013). Details of Directors' attendance at Remuneration and Nomination Committee meetings in
2013 are set out on page 60 of this report.

Comprehensive details of the processes and principles underlying the work of the Remuneration and Nomination
Committee are discussed in the Remuneration Report appearing on pages 63 to 83 of this report.

For further information on the scope and responsibilities of the Remuneration and Nomination Committee, please
refer to the copy of the Remuneration and Nomination Committee Charter available in the Governance section of
the Iluka website.

AUDIT AND RISK COMMITTEE

The Audit and Risk Committee’s role is to assist the Board to fulfil
its responsibilities in relation to Iluka’s
accounts, external reporting and risk. This is achieved by ensuring that appropriate processes are in place in
relation to:

•
•
•
•
•

the integrity of financial reporting;
the adequacy of the control environment;
the process for the management of risk;
the scope and performance of the internal audit function; and
the independence and performance of the external audit function.

The Audit and Risk Committee consists of
the following independent, non-executive Directors: Ms Jenny
Seabrook (Chairman), Mr Gavin Rezos (retired 24 June 2013), Mr Stephen Turner and Mr Greg Martin. Details of
Directors attendance at Audit and Risk Committee meetings in 2013 are set out on page 60 of this report.

For further information on the scope and responsibilities of the Audit and Risk Committee, please refer to the
copy of the Audit and Risk Committee Charter available in the Governance section of the Iluka website.

BOARD AND COMMITTEE PERFORMANCE EVALUATION

The Board carries out an annual review of its performance in meeting key responsibilities. This review process,
which is periodically facilitated by external consultants, serves to identify any issues and initiatives for improving
the functioning and performance of the Board. This annual review was last undertaken in December 2013.

Each of the Board’s committees also conducts an annual self-assessment of their performance in meeting their
key responsibilities. These reviews serve to identify strengths, weaknesses and areas for improvement. The
Remuneration and Nomination Committee and the Audit and Risk Committee completed their respective
self-assessments in December 2013.

87

SENIOR EXECUTIVES PERFORMANCE EVALUATION

Twice yearly, the Managing Director undertakes a review of the performance of each senior executive against
individual objectives and deliverables linked to the Corporate Plan that were agreed at the beginning of the
performance period. These personal objectives relate to key areas of performance over which the individual has
accountability and influence. The performance reviews of the senior executives conducted in 2013 were in
accordance with the disclosed process.

The Remuneration and Nomination Committee obtains independent remuneration benchmarking information for
comparative purposes. Salary reviews and short-term incentives are determined by assessing performance
against both individual performance and profitability and sustainability performance targets. Long-term incentives
vest subject to Return on Equity and Total Shareholder Return performance compared with that of an industry
peer group. In 2013, the Remuneration and Nomination Committee conducted those reviews in accordance with
the disclosed process.

For information on senior executive’s incentive plan performance, refer to pages 68 to 69 of this report.

RISK MANAGEMENT

Iluka maintains a whole of business approach to the management of risks. This approach allows both
opportunities and threats to be identified and managed effectively.
Iluka has adopted a risk management
framework which sets out the processes for the identification and management of risk across the group.

through the Board Charter, delegates responsibility for

The Board,
identifying and managing risks to
management. Management is required to report to the Board on those risks which could have a material impact
on the company’s business. The Audit and Risk Committee assists the Board with regard to oversight of the
company’s risk management practices.

Further information outlining Iluka’s approach to the management of risks is set out on pages 47 to 48 of this
report and in the Policies section of the Iluka website.

CORPORATE REPORTING

The Managing Director and Chief Financial Officer have made the following certifications to the Board with
respect to the 2013 accounts:

•

•

that Iluka’s financial reports are complete and present a true and fair view, in all material respects, of the
financial condition and operational results of Iluka and group and are in accordance with relevant accounting
standards; and
that the above statement is founded on a sound system of risk management and internal compliance and
control, which implements the policies adopted by the Board, and that Iluka’s risk management and internal
control is operating efficiently and effectively in all material respects in relation to financial reporting risks and
material business risks.

AUDIT FUNCTIONS

PricewaterhouseCoopers (PwC) is Iluka’s external audit provider. During 2013, Iluka complied with its internal
guidelines, which require the fees paid to external auditors for non-audit-related work to remain below 50 per cent
of the audit-related fees without pre-approval by the Audit and Risk Committee.

The external auditor will attend the Annual General Meeting and will be available to answer shareholder
questions about the conduct of the audit and the preparation and content of the audit report.

Iluka has an internal audit function that assists the Board by undertaking an objective evaluation of the Iluka’s
internal control framework. The Audit and Risk Committee is responsible for approving the programme and scope
of internal audit reviews to be conducted each financial year. An assessment of the quality and focus of the
internal audit function is undertaken periodically as part of the review of Audit and Risk Committee effectiveness.

ETHICAL STANDARDS AND CONDUCT

Iluka has a Code of Conduct, which identifies the standard of ethical conduct expected of Iluka employees. In
addition, the Board has specifically adopted a Director’s Code of Conduct, which establishes guidelines for their
conduct in carrying out their duties.

Iluka has also established a Whistleblower Policy to provide for the confidential
unacceptable or undesirable conduct. The policy provides protection against reprisal to the whistleblower.

reporting of

issues of

Copies of the Code of Conduct, Directors’ Code of Conduct and the Whistleblower Policy can be found in the
Governance section of the Iluka website.

88

SECURITIES TRADING POLICY

Iluka has a policy on the trading of Iluka’s securities (shares, options, warrants, etc.) by Directors and employees.
The Board believes it is in the best interests of shareholders for Directors and employees to own shares in Iluka,
subject to strict controls and guidelines on share trading.

The Securities Trading Policy prohibits Directors and employees from trading in Iluka’s securities if they are in
possession of price-sensitive information, which is not generally available to the market. In addition to this
general prohibition, senior management and those employees involved in preparing Iluka’s statutory financial
information (Restricted Employees) and Directors are prohibited from trading in securities in the company during
the period from the end of half or full financial year and the release of the results for the relevant period.

Prior to trading in Iluka’s securities, Directors must seek approval from the Chairman and Restricted Employees
must seek approval from the Company Secretary.

A copy of Iluka’s Securities Trading Policy is located in the Governance section of the Iluka website.

CONTINUOUS DISCLOSURE

Iluka has developed a comprehensive Continuous Disclosure and Market Communications Policy to ensure
compliance with its disclosure obligations under the Corporations Act and the ASX Listing Rules and to providing
accurate information to all shareholders and market participants. Iluka has established a Disclosure Committee
comprising the Company Secretary, Chief Financial Officer and the General Manager, Investor Relations. The
Committee reports to the Managing Director. The Committee’s responsibilities include determining if disclosure is
required, ensuring the Managing Director is advised of and approves all information disclosed to the market and
ensuring the Board is kept fully informed of the Disclosure Committee’s determinations and all
information
subsequently disclosed to the market. The Company Secretary is convenor of the Disclosure Committee and has
primary responsibility for administration of the Continuous Disclosure and Market Communications Policy. The
Company Secretary’s responsibilities include ensuring compliance with Iluka’s continuous disclosure obligations
and overseeing and co-ordinating information disclosure to the ASX.

A copy of Iluka’s Continuous Disclosure and Market Communications Policy is available in the Governance
section of the Iluka website.

SHAREHOLDER COMMUNICATION

Iluka is committed to providing accurate information to all shareholders and the market. Iluka communicates with
shareholders through releases to the ASX, Iluka’s website, information distributed direct to shareholders and the
general meetings of Iluka.

At the Annual General Meeting, shareholders elect the Directors and have the opportunity to express their views,
ask questions about company business and vote on items of business for resolution by shareholders.

More information on shareholder communication is contained in Iluka’s Continuous Disclosure and Market
Communications Policy available in the Governance section of the Iluka website.

89

Iluka Resources Limited ABN 34 008 675 018
Financial Report - 31 December 2013

Contents
Financial statements

Consolidated statement of profit or loss and other comprehensive income
Consolidated balance sheet
Consolidated statement of changes in equity
Consolidated statement of cash flows
Notes to the consolidated financial statements

Directors' declaration
Independent auditor's report to the members

Page

91
92
93
94
95
130
131

These financial statements are the consolidated financial statements of the group consisting of Iluka Resources
Limited and its subsidiaries. The financial statements are presented in the Australian currency.

Iluka Resources Limited is a company limited by shares, incorporated and domiciled in Australia. Its registered
office and principal place of business is:

Iluka Resources Limited
Level 23
140 St George's Terrace
Perth WA 6000

A description of the nature of the group's operations and its principal activities is included in the review of
operations and activities in the Directors' Report, both of which are not part of these financial statements.

The financial statements were authorised for issue by the Directors on 19 March 2014. The Directors have the
power to amend and reissue the financial statements.

Through the use of the internet, we have ensured that our corporate reporting is timely and complete. All press
releases, financial reports and other information are available at www.iluka.com

90

Consolidated statement of profit or loss
and other comprehensive income
For the year ended 31 December 2013

Revenue

Other income
Expenses

Interest and finance charges
Rehabilitation and mine closure unwind
Total finance costs

Profit before income tax

Income tax expense
Profit for the
period

attributable to owners

Other comprehensive income

Items that may be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss
Currency translation of US operation
Hedge of net investment in US operation, net of tax

Items that will not be reclassified to profit or loss
Actuarial gains/(losses) on defined benefit plans, net of tax

Total other comprehensive income/(loss) for the year, net of tax

Total comprehensive income for the year attributable to owners

Earnings per share attributable to ordinary equity holders
Basic earnings per share
Diluted earnings per share

Notes

5

20
6

16(d)

8

23
23

23

7
7

2013
$m

2012
$m

853.2

1,150.2

3.1
(781.0)

(16.7)
(34.6)
(51.3)

24.0

(5.5)
18.5

11.6
(3.2)

5.0

13.4

31.9

10.3
(607.1)

(16.6)
(24.6)
(41.2)

512.2

(149.0)
363.2

(0.4)
0.5

(1.7)

(1.6)

361.6

Cents

Cents

4.4
4.4

87.1
86.7

The above

consolidated statement of profit or loss and other comprehensive income

should be read in conjunction with the

accompanying notes.

91

Consolidated balance sheet
As at 31 December 2013

ASSETS
Current assets
Cash and cash equivalents
Receivables
Inventories
Current tax receivable
Total current assets

Non-current assets
Inventories
Property, plant and equipment
Intangible asset - MAC Royalty
Deferred tax assets
Total non-current assets

Total assets

LIABILITIES
Current liabilities
Payables
Interest-bearing liabilities
Provisions
Current tax payable
Total current liabilities

Non-current liabilities
Interest-bearing liabilities
Provisions
Deferred tax liabilities
Total non-current liabilities

Total liabilities

Net assets

EQUITY
Contributed equity
Reserves
Retained profits
Total equity

Notes

2013
$m

2012
$m

16
11
12

12
13

22

14
16
15

16
15
22

18
23
23

46.4
191.5
524.1
2.1
764.1

271.0
1,314.5
5.9
13.2
1,604.6

54.3
139.5
522.6
-
716.4

257.9
1,430.3
6.3
15.7
1,710.2

2,368.7

2,426.6

80.2
11.1
49.7
3.9
144.9

241.9
434.2
9.6
685.7

830.6

87.3
56.9
64.1
128.4
336.7

93.3
407.3
22.2
522.8

859.5

1,538.1

1,567.1

1,112.1
19.0
407.0
1,538.1

1,104.8
18.1
444.2
1,567.1

The above

consolidated balance sheet

should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes.

92

Consolidated statement of changes in equity
For the year ended 31 December 2013

Balance at

1 January 2012

Profit for the year
Other comprehensive income
Total comprehensive income

Transactions with owners in their capacity as owners:
Transfer of shares to employees, net of tax
Purchase of treasury shares, net of tax
Share-based payments, net of tax
Dividends paid

Balance at

31 December 2012

Profit for the year
Other comprehensive income
Total comprehensive income

Transactions with owners in their capacity as owners:
Transfer of shares to employees, net of tax
Purchase of treasury shares, net of tax
Share-based payments, net of tax
Dividends paid

Attributable to owners of
Iluka Resources Limited

Contributed
equity
$m

Reserves
$m

Retained
earnings
$m

Total
equity
$m

1,102.0

16.4

416.3

1,534.7

-
-
-

5.3
(2.5)
-
-
2.8

-
-
-

363
(1.6)
361.6

363
(1.6)
361.6

(5.3)
-
7.0
-
1.7

-
-
-
(333.7)
(333.7)

-
(2.5)
7.0
(333.7)
(329.2)

1,104.8

18.1

444.2

1,567.1

-
-
-

8.8
(1.5)
-
-
7.3

-
6.2
6.2

(8.8)
-
3.5
-
(5.3)

18.5
7.2
25.7

18.5
13.4
31.9

-
-
-
(62.9)
(62.9)

-
(1.5)
3.5
(62.9)
(60.9)

Notes

23
23

18(b)
18(b)

23

23
23

18(b)
18(b)
23
23

Balance at

31 December 2013

1,112.1

19.0

407.0

1,538.1

The above

consolidated statement of changes in equity

should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes.

93

Consolidated statement of cash flows
For the year ended 31 December 2013

Notes

2013
$m

2012
$m

Cash flows from operating activities
Receipts from customers
Payments to suppliers and employees
Operating cash flow

Interest received
Interest paid
Income taxes paid
Exploration expenditure
Mining Area C royalty receipts
Net cash inflow from operating activities

Cash flows from investing activities
Payments for property, plant and equipment
Sale of property, plant and equipment
Acquisition of Sri Lanka deposits
Net cash outflow from investing activities

Cash flows from financing activities
Repayment of borrowings
Proceeds from borrowings
Purchase of treasury shares
Dividends paid
Debt refinance costs
Net cash inflow (outflow) from financing activities

Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents

10

Cash and cash equivalents at 1 January
Effects of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents at 31 December

16

727.2
(603.2)
124.0

3.1
(16.8)
(140.1)
(23.1)
82.7
29.8

(52.5)
2.0
(4.6)
(55.1)

(56.9)
141.1
(2.2)
(62.8)
-
19.2

1,170.6
(801.9)
368.7

7.8
(8.5)
(159.1)
(34.4)
76.1
250.6

(167.3)
1.4
-
(165.9)

(86.7)
81.7
(3.5)
(333.7)
(8.8)
(351.0)

(6.1)

(266.3)

54.3
(1.8)
46.4

320.7
(0.1)
54.3

The above

consolidated statement of cash flows

should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes.

94

Contents of the notes to the financial statements

Basis of preparation
1. Reporting entity
2. Basis of preparation
3. Critical accounting estimates and judgements

Performance for the year

4. Segment information
5. Revenue
6. Expenses
7. Earnings per share
8.
9. Dividends
10. Reconciliation of profit after income tax to net cash inflow from operating activities

Income tax

Operating assets and liabilities

Inventories

11. Receivables
12.
13. Property, plant and equipment
14. Payables
15. Provisions

Capital structure and finance costs
16. Net debt and finance costs
17. Financial risk management
18. Contributed equity

Other notes

19. Events occurring after the reporting period
20. Other income
21. Remuneration of auditors
22. Deferred tax
23. Reserves and retained earnings
24. Share-based payments
25. Commitments
26. Retirement benefit obligations
27. Key Management Personnel
28. Controlled entities and deed of cross guarantee
29. Parent entity financial information
30. Contingent liabilities
31. Related party transactions
32. Other accounting policy
33. New accounting standards and interpretations

Page

96
96
96
97

99
99
101
102
103
104
105
105

106
106
106
107
109
110

112
112
114
116

117
117
117
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
125
127
128
128
128
129

95

Basis of preparation
This section of the financial report sets out the group’s accounting policies that relate to the financial statements
as a whole. Where an accounting policy is specific to one note, the policy is described in the note to which it
relates. This section also sets out information related to critical accounting estimates and judgements applied to
these financial statements.

1 Reporting entity

Iluka Resources Limited (company or parent entity) is domiciled in Australia. The financial statements are for the
group consisting of Iluka Resources Limited and its subsidiaries. A detailed list of the group's subsidiaries is
provided in note 28.

2 Basis of preparation

These general purpose financial statements have been prepared in accordance with Australian Accounting
Standards and Interpretations issued by the Australian Accounting Standards Board (AASB) and the
Corporations Act 2001. Iluka Resources Limited is a for-profit entity and is primarily involved in mineral sands
exploration, project development, operations and marketing.

Iluka Resources Limited had to change some of its accounting policies as the result of new or revised accounting
standards which became effective for the annual reporting period commencing on 1 January 2013, which are
detailed in note 33.

The consolidated financial statements of
Reporting Standards (IFRS) as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (IASB).

Iluka Resources Limited also comply with International Financial

These financial statements have been prepared under the historical cost convention except for financial assets
and liabilities which are required to be measured at fair value.

(a) Principles of consolidation

(i) Subsidiaries
The consolidated financial statements incorporate the assets and liabilities of all subsidiaries of Iluka Resources
Limited as at 31 December 2013 and the results of all subsidiaries for the period then ended. Iluka Resources
Limited and its subsidiaries together are referred to in this financial report as the group.

Subsidiaries are all entities controlled by the group. The group controls an entity when it is exposed to, or has
rights to, variable returns through its power over the entity. The financial statements of subsidiaries are included
in the consolidated financial statements from the date on which control commences until the date on which
control ceases. Accounting policies of subsidiaries are changed where necessary to ensure consistency with the
policies adopted by the group.

Intercompany transactions and balances, and unrealised gains on transactions between group companies, are
eliminated. Unrealised losses are also eliminated unless the transaction provides evidence of the impairment of
the asset transferred.

The group accounts for business combinations using the acquisition method when control is transferred to the
group. Cost is measured as the fair value of the assets given, shares issued or liabilities incurred or assumed at
the date of exchange. Transaction costs are expensed as incurred, except if related to the issue of debt or equity
securities.

(ii) Employee Share Trust
The group's Employee Share Schemes are administered through the Iluka Director’s Executives and Employees
Share Acquisition trust (the trust). This trust is consolidated, as the substance of the relationship is that the trust
is controlled by the group. Shares in the company held by the trust are disclosed as treasury shares in the
consolidated financial statements and deducted from contributed equity, net of tax.

(b) Foreign currency translation

(i) Functional and presentation currency
The consolidated financial statements are presented in Australian dollars, which is the company's functional and
presentation currency.

96

(ii) Transactions and balances
Where group companies based in Australia transact in foreign currencies, these transactions are translated into
Australian dollars using the exchange rate on that day. Foreign currency monetary assets and liabilities are
translated to Australian dollars at the reporting date exchange rate. Non-monetary assets and liabilities that are
measured at fair value in a foreign currency are translated to Australian dollars at the exchange rate when the fair
value was determined. Foreign currency differences are generally recognised in profit or loss. Non-monetary
items that are measured based on historical cost in a foreign currency are not translated.

(iii) Group companies
The financial position of foreign operations is translated into Australian dollars at the exchange rates at the
reporting date. The income and expenses of foreign operations for each month are translated into Australian
dollars at average exchange rates. Foreign currency differences are recognised in other comprehensive income
and accumulated in the foreign currency translation reserve.

(iv) Hedge of net investment in foreign operations
The group has US dollar denominated borrowings that are used to hedge against translation differences arising
from assets held by the group’s US operations (see note 4 for more information about these assets).

To the extent that these borrowings do not exceed the net assets of the US operations, foreign currency
differences arising on the translation of these borrowings are recognised in other comprehensive income and
accumulated in the foreign currency translation reserve. Any remaining differences are recognised in profit or
loss. If the US operations were to be disposed of (in full or in part), the relevant amount in the foreign currency
translation reserve would be transferred to profit or loss as part of the gain or loss on disposal.

(c) Goods and Services Tax (GST)

Revenues, expenses and assets are recognised net of the amount of associated GST, unless the GST incurred
is not recoverable from the taxation authority. In this case it is recognised as part of the cost of acquisition of the
asset or as part of the expense.

Receivables and payables are stated inclusive of the amount of GST receivable or payable. The net amount of
GST recoverable from, or payable to, the taxation authority is included with other receivables or payables in the
consolidated balance sheet.

Cash flows are presented on a gross basis. The GST components of cash flows arising from investing or
financing activities which are recoverable from, or payable to the taxation authority, are presented as operating
cash flows.

(d) Rounding of amounts

The company is of a kind referred to in Class Order 98/100, issued by the Australian Securities and Investments
Commission, relating to the "rounding off" of amounts in the financial statements. Amounts in the financial
statements have been rounded off in accordance with that Class Order to the nearest hundred thousand dollars,
or in certain cases, the nearest thousand dollars and the nearest dollar.

3 Critical accounting estimates and judgements

The group makes estimates and assumptions concerning the future in applying its accounting policies. The
resulting accounting estimates will, by definition, seldom equal the related actual results. The estimates and
assumptions that have a significant risk of causing a material adjustment to the carrying amounts of assets and
liabilities within the next financial year are discussed below.

Estimates and underlying assumptions are reviewed on an ongoing basis, with revisions recognised in the period
in which the estimates are revised and future periods affected.

Impairment of assets

(i)
In accordance with the group’s accounting policy set out in note 13(e) non-current assets are assessed for
impairment when there is an indication that their carrying amount may not be recoverable. The recoverable
amount of each Cash Generating Unit (CGU) is determined as the higher of value-in-use and fair value less costs
to sell estimated on the basis of discounted present value of the future cash flows.

97

The estimates of future cash flows for each CGU are based on significant assumptions including:

•

•
•

•

•
•
•

estimates of the quantities of mineral reserves and ore resources for which there is a high degree of
confidence of economic extraction and the timing of access to these reserves and ore resources;
future production levels and the ability to sell that production;
future product prices based on the group’s assessment of short and long term prices for each of the key
products;
future exchange rates for the Australian dollar compared to the US dollar using external
recognised economic forecasters;
successful development and operation of new mines in Australia and the US, consistent with latest forecasts;
future cash costs of production, sustaining capital expenditure, rehabilitation and mine closure; and
the asset specific discount rate applicable to the CGU.

forecasts by

Given the nature of the group’s mining activities, future changes in assumptions upon which these estimates are
based may give rise to material adjustments to the current or prior years. This could lead to a reversal of part, or
all, of impairment charges recorded in the current or prior years, or the recognition of new impairment charges in
the future such as the idle asset write downs of $40.0 million made in the year.

(ii) Rehabilitation and mine closure provisions
These provisions represent the discounted value of the present obligation to restore, dismantle and rehabilitate
certain items of property, plant and equipment. The discounted value reflects a combination of management’s
assessment of the nature and extent of the work required, the future cost of performing the work required, the
timing of the cash flows and the discount rate. Changes to one or more of these assumptions is likely to result in
a change to the carrying value of the provision and the related asset or a change to profit or loss in accordance
with the group's accounting policy stated in note 15(a). In 2013, changes to the discount rates in Australia and
the US have resulted in increases to the rehabilitation provisions of $38.4 million, of which $18.0 million was
charged to profit or loss in respect of closed sites.

The total rehabilitation and mine closure provision of $465.9 million (2012: $444.5 million) includes $299.6 million
(2012: $312.6 million) for assets no longer in use or for obligations arising from production process outputs.
Changes to the provisions for assets or operations no longer in use are charged to profit or loss and are reported
within rehabilitation and holding costs for closed sites in note 6. The changes to the provisions for closed sites,
excluding the aforementioned impact of the change in discount rates, was a reduction of $5.0 million (2012:
increase of $8.3 million).

(iii) Net realisable value and classification of inventory
The group’s assessment of the net realisable value and classification of its inventory holdings requires the use of
estimates, including the estimation of the relevant future product price and the likely timing of the sale of the
inventory.

Total
inventory at 31 December 2013 was $795.1 million, inclusive of a provision of $10.0 million to reduce
specific products to their net realisable value. $271.0 million (2012: $257.9 million) was classified as non-current
as it is not expected to be sold within 12 months of the balance sheet date. See note 12 for further details.

98

Performance for the year
This section focuses on the results and performance of the group. This covers both profitability and the resultant
return to shareholders via earnings per share combined with cash generation and the return of cash to
shareholders via dividends.

4 Segment information

(a) Description of segments

Operating segments are reported in a manner that is consistent with the internal reporting provided to the
Managing Director. Cash, debt and tax balances are managed at a group level and, together with resource
development and other corporate activities, are not allocated to segments. The segments are unchanged from
those reported at 31 December 2012.

Australia (AUS) comprises the integrated mineral sands mining and processing operations in Victoria, Western
Australia and South Australia. Material
is mined from various deposits in the South West and Mid West of
Western Australia (Perth Basin), together with the Jacinth-Ambrosia deposit in South Australia (Eucla Basin) and
several deposits in Victoria (Murray Basin). The mined material is processed predominantly at Mineral Separation
Plants in the South West and Mid West of Western Australia and the Murray Basin to produce saleable products.
The processing activities in Western Australia also include the group’s synthetic rutile kilns. Mining and
processing activities in the South West of Western Australia, mining activities in the Mid West of Western
Australia and the group’s synthetic rutile operations were idled during 2013.

United States (US) comprises the integrated mineral sands mining and processing operations in Virginia and
rehabilitation obligations in Florida.

Mining Area C (MAC) comprises a deferred consideration iron ore royalty interest over certain mining tenements
in Australia operated by BHP Billiton Iron Ore.

Where finished product capable of sale to a third party is transferred between operating segments, the transfers
are made at arms length prices. Any transfers of intermediate products between operating segments are made at
cost. During 2013, $10.2 million of finished product was transferred from the US to Australia (2012: $3.0 million).
This transfer is excluded from the results below. Revenue from the sale of finished product from the transferred
material to third party customers is included in total segment sales to external customers for Australia.

(b) Segment information

2013

Total segment sales to external customers
Total segment result
Segment assets
Segment liabilities
Depreciation and amortisation expense
Idle asset write downs
Additions to non-current segment assets

2012

Total segment sales to external customers
Total segment result
Segment assets
Segment liabilities
Depreciation and amortisation expense
Additions to non-current segment assets

AUS
$m

US
$m

MAC
$m

Total
$m

676.5
36.0
2,124.6
468.1
166.9
40.0
73.1

86.6
16.3
136.1
73.7
11.0
-
31.7

-
87.9
27.0
-
0.4
-
-

763.1
140.2
2,287.7
541.8
178.3
40.0
104.8

AUS
$m

US
$m

MAC
$m

Total
$m

958.2
492.0
2,217.6
462.9
192.6
388.3

111.6
60.1
98.1
67.5
7.0
20.2

-
72.3
21.8
-
0.4
-

1,069.8
624.4
2,337.5
530.4
200.0
408.5

99

Segment revenue is derived from sales to external customers domiciled in various geographical regions. Details
of segment revenue by location of customers are as follows:

China
Asia excluding China
Europe
Americas
Other countries
Sale of goods

2013
$m

303.9
151.5
159.0
137.6
11.1
763.1

2012
$m

255.9
299.3
247.9
251.5
15.2
1,069.8

Revenue of $101.3 million and $96.2 million was derived from two external customers of the mineral sands
segments, which individually accounts for greater than 10 per cent of segment revenue (2012: revenues of
$181.3 million and $135.9 million from two external customers).

Segment result is reconciled to the profit before income tax as follows:

Segment result
Interest income
Other income
Marketing and selling
Corporate and other costs
Depreciation
Resources development
Interest and finance charges
Net foreign exchange losses
Corporate restructure charges
Profit before income tax

2013
$m

140.2
1.8
2.6
(13.5)
(41.2)
(3.4)
(44.9)
(16.7)
(0.9)
-
24.0

2012
$m

624.4
7.7
7.3
(12.5)
(45.7)
(3.1)
(43.1)
(16.6)
(4.2)
(2.0)
512.2

Total segment assets and total segment liabilities are reconciled to the balance sheet as follows:

2013
$m

2012
$m

2,287.7
19.3
46.4
2.1
13.2
2,368.7

541.8
22.3
3.9
9.6
253.0
830.6

2,337.5
19.1
54.3
-
15.7
2,426.6

530.4
28.3
128.4
22.2
150.2
859.5

Segment assets
Corporate assets
Cash and cash equivalents
Current tax receivable
Deferred tax assets
Total assets as per the balance sheet

Segment liabilities
Corporate liabilities
Current tax payable
Deferred tax liabilities
Interest-bearing liabilities
Total liabilities as per the balance sheet

100

5 Revenue

Sales revenue
Sale of goods

Other revenue
Mining Area C royalty income
Interest

2013
$m

2012
$m

763.1

1,069.8

88.3
1.8
90.1

72.7
7.7
80.4

853.2

1,150.2

(a) Sale of goods - Mineral sands

The group sells mineral sands under a range of International Commercial Terms. Product sales are recognised
as revenue when the group has transferred both the significant risks and rewards of ownership and control of the
products sold and the amount of revenue can be measured reliably. The passing of risk to the customer occurs
when the product has been dispatched to the customer and is no longer under the physical control of the group,
or when the customer has formally acknowledged its legal ownership of the product including all inherent risks.
Where the sold product continues to be stored in facilities the group controls, it is clearly identified and available
to the buyer.

Revenue is measured at the fair value of the consideration received or receivable. Amounts disclosed as revenue
are net of rebates, sales commissions, duties and other taxes.

(b) Mining Area C royalty income and amortisation of royalty asset

Royalty income is recognised on an accrual basis. Royalty income is received on a quarterly basis and any under
or over accrual applicable to previously recognised royalty income is adjusted for based on the receipt of the
royalty income entitlement.

The royalty entitlement asset is an intangible asset and is amortised on a straight-line basis ($0.4 million per
year) over its estimated useful life of 25 years, of which 15 years is remaining (2012: 16 years remaining). The
carrying value of the asset at the 31 December 2013 is $5.9 million (2012: $6.3 million).

(c)

Interest income

Interest income is recognised in profit or loss as it accrues, using the effective interest method.

101

6 Expenses

Expenses
Cash costs of production
Depreciation/amortisation
Inventory movement
Cost of goods sold

Restructure and idle capacity charges
Rehabilitation and holding costs for closed sites
Idle asset write downs
Government royalties
Marketing and selling costs
Corporate and other costs
Resources development
Foreign exchange losses

Notes

2013
$m

376.1
181.7
(14.0)
543.8

69.6
(2.8)
40.0
15.2
28.2
41.2
44.9
0.9
781.0

2012
$m

583.5
203.1
(346.9)
439.7

14.8
9.8
-
19.6
30.2
45.7
43.1
4.2
607.1

Finance costs

16(d)

51.3

41.2

(a) Cash costs of production

Cash costs of production include mining and concentrating costs; transport of heavy mineral concentrate; mineral
separation; synthetic rutile production, costs for externally purchased ilmenite and production overheads. This
category also includes landowner royalty payments, but excludes Australian State Government royalties which
are reported separately. Cash costs of production also include by-product costs such as iron oxide processing,
char and WHIMs ilmenite transport costs of $19.6 million (2012: $7.7 million).

(b) Cost of goods sold and inventory movement

Cost of goods sold is the inventory value of each tonne of finished product sold. All production is added to
inventory at cost, which includes direct costs and an appropriate portion of
fixed and variable overhead
expenditure, including depreciation and amortisation, allocated on the basis of relative sales value. There are
separate inventory stockpile values for each product, including HMC and other intermediate products, at each
inventory location. The inventory value recognised as cost of goods sold for each tonne of finished product sold is
the weighted average value per tonne for the stockpile from which the product is sold.

Inventory movement represents the movement in balance sheet inventory of work in progress and finished
goods, including the non-cash depreciation and amortisation components and net realisable value adjustments of
$10.0 million (2012: nil).

(c) Restructure and idle capacity charges

Restructure and idle costs in 2013 include $33.5 million associated with restructuring (2012: $4.4 million), with
the balance relating to ongoing costs for operations and assets that have been idled.

Liabilities for employee termination benefits associated with restructuring activities are recognised when the
group is demonstrably committed to terminating the employment of current employees according to a detailed
formal plan without possibility of withdrawal and there is no further service required. Where further service is
required to be eligible for the benefit, the liability is recognised over the relevant service period.

(d) Rehabilitation and holding costs for closed sites

These costs include adjustments to the rehabilitation provision for closed sites which are expensed in accordance
with the policy described note 15(a) arising from the annual review combined with ongoing holding costs for
closed sites such as property rates and taxes.

102

(e)

Idle asset write downs

At year end, the company’s assessment was that, in light of continued idling of some assets, as well as changes
to mine plans and successful technical developments, the carrying value of a number of idled Western Australian
assets had to be written down. The idle asset value adjustments relate to old equipment: three wet concentrator
plants; two mining unit plants; and capitalised expenditure associated with restarting synthetic rutile kiln 3 (SR
kiln 3) which was subsequently idled in the first half of 2013.

(f) Other expenses

Expenses also include the following:

Defined contribution superannuation
Defined benefits superannuation
Employee benefits (excluding share-based payments)
Share-based payments
Exploration expenditure (included in Resource development above)
Operating leases

2013
$m

8.7
2.4
151.9
5.5
21.5
11.2

2012
$m

11.9
1.1
135.6
9.7
29.5
10.1

Operating leases are leases in which a significant portion of the risks and rewards of ownership are not
transferred to the group. Payments made under operating leases (net of any incentives received from the lessor)
are charged to profit or loss on a straight-line basis over the period of the lease.

7 Earnings per share

Basic earnings per share (cents)
Diluted earnings per share (cents)

2013
Cents

4.4
4.4

2012
Cents

87.1
86.7

Earnings per share (EPS) is the amount of post-tax profit attributable to each share.

Basic EPS is calculated on the profit for the period attributable to equity owners of $18.5 million (2012: $363.2
million) divided by the weighted average number of shares on issue during the year, excluding treasury shares,
being 417,672,163 shares (2012: 417, 041,967 shares).

Diluted EPS takes into account the dilutive effect of all outstanding share rights vesting as ordinary shares. The
weighted average share rights outstanding of 1,274,951 (2012: 2,025,870 share rights) are added to the
weighted average number of shares on issue during the year disclosed above to give the weighted average
number of ordinary shares and potential ordinary shares used as the denominator for calculating diluted earnings
per share of 418,947,114 shares (2012: 419,067,837 shares).

103

8 Income tax

Income tax expense comprises current and deferred tax and is recognised in profit or loss, as disclosed in (a)
below, except to the extent that it relates to items recognised directly in equity or other comprehensive income as
disclosed in (c) below.

(a)

Income tax expense

Current tax
Deferred tax
(Over)/under provided in prior years

Notes

22

2013
$m

22.8
(16.2)
(1.1)
5.5

2012
$m

131.9
16.2
0.9
149.0

The income tax expense or revenue for the period is the tax payable on the current period’s taxable income
based on the applicable income tax rate for each jurisdiction adjusted by changes in deferred tax assets and
liabilities attributable to temporary differences and to unused tax losses. The current tax charge is calculated
using the tax rates and tax laws enacted or substantively enacted at the reporting date in the countries where the
group operates and generates taxable income. Deferred taxes are explained in more detail in note 22.

(b) Numerical reconciliation of income tax expense to prima facie tax payable

Profit before income tax expense
Tax at the Australian tax rate of 30% (2012: 30%)
Tax effect of amounts not deductible (taxable) in calculating taxable income:

Research and development credit
US tax concessions
Tax losses not recognised/(recognised) by overseas operations
Other items

Difference in overseas tax rates
(Over)/under provision in prior years
Income tax expense

(c) Tax expense relating to items of other comprehensive income

Currency translation of US operation
Actuarial (losses)/gains on retirement benefit obligation

24.0
7.2

(1.5)
-
0.6
1.1
7.4

(0.8)
(1.1)
5.5

512.2
153.7

(1.6)
(0.6)
(3.3)
2.0
150.2

(2.1)
0.9
149.0

(29.5)

(661.2)

(1.4)
(1.6)
(3.0)

-
0.6
0.6

(d) Tax losses

Unused capital
losses for which no deferred tax asset has been recognised are approximately $87.7 million
(2012: $87.7 million) (tax at the Australian rate of 30%: $26.3 million (2012: $26.3 million)). The benefit of these
unused capital
losses will only be obtained if sufficient future capital gains are made and the losses remain
available under tax legislation.

104

9 Dividends

Final dividend
for 2012 of 10 cents per share, franked
for 2011 of 55 cents per share, franked

Interim dividend
for 2013 of 5 cents per share, franked
for 2012 of 25 cents per share, franked

2013
$m

41.9
-
41.9

21.0
-
21.0

62.9

2012
$m

-
229.4
229.4

-
104.3
104.3

333.7

Since balance date the Directors have determined a final dividend for 2013 of 4 cents per share, fully franked
(2012: 10 cents, fully franked). The dividend is payable on 3 April 2014 for shareholders on the register as at 6
March 2014. The aggregate amount of the proposed dividend is $16.7 million, which has not been included in
provisions at balance sheet date as it was not declared on or before the end of the financial year.

The company has a dividend reinvestment plan (DRP) which was suspended in 2010 until further notice.

(a) Franking Credits

The balance of franking credits available for future years is $113.8 million (2012: $133.5 million). This balance is
based on a tax rate of 30 per cent (2012: 30 per cent). These amounts include franking credits of $3.9 million
(2012: $126.7 million) that will arise from the payment of current income tax in Australia as provided for in these
financial statements and the reduction of $7.2 million (2012: reduction of $17.9 million) that will arise on payment
of the final dividend.

10 Reconciliation of profit after income tax to net cash inflow from operating activities

2013
$m

18.5
181.7
(2.9)
(0.6)
13.6
16.6
18.0
5.5
1.8
40.0
(5.0)

(47.2)
(13.7)
(126.5)
1.4
(65.4)
(6.0)
29.8

2012
$m

363.2
203.1
(4.9)
(1.3)
(2.7)
24.6
-
9.7
2.3
-
8.3

116.3
(354.9)
(17.0)
4.9
(95.9)
(5.1)
250.6

Profit for the year
Depreciation and amortisation
Exploration capitalised
Net gain on disposal of property, plant and equipment
Exchange translation differences on USD denominated debt
Rehabilitation and mine closure unwind
Rehabilitation discount rate change
Non-cash share-based payments expense
Amortisation of deferred borrowing costs
Idle asset write downs
Non-cash rehabilitation expense for closed sites
Change in operating assets and liabilities

Increase (decrease) in receivables
Increase in inventories
Decrease in net current tax liability
Decrease in net deferred tax
Increase in payables
Increase in provisions

Net cash inflow from operating activities

105

Operating assets and liabilities
This section shows the assets used to generate the group’s trading performance and the liabilities incurred as a
result. Liabilities relating to the group’s financing activities are addressed in the Capital structure and finance
costs section on page 112.

11 Receivables

Trade receivables
Mining Area C royalty receivable
Other receivables
Prepayments

2013
$m

159.3
21.1
4.0
7.1
191.5

2012
$m

111.9
15.5
7.8
4.3
139.5

Trade receivables are recognised initially at the value of the invoice sent to the customer and subsequently at the
amount considered recoverable (amortised cost). Trade receivables are generally due for settlement within 45
days of the invoice being issued. The group sells mineral sands to substantially all its customers on credit terms.
Sales are generally denominated in US dollars. Revenue is recognised using spot exchange rates on the date of
sale, with trade receivables being translated at
the spot exchange rate at balance date with translation
differences accounted for in line with the group’s accounting policy (refer note 2(b)(ii)).

Collectability of trade receivables is reviewed on an ongoing basis. Debts which are known to be uncollectible are
written off. A provision for doubtful receivables is established when there is sufficient evidence that the group will
not be able to collect all amounts due.

At 31 December 2013, no trade receivables are impaired (2012: nil). There is $5.1 million overdue (2012: $0.9
million), of which $5.0 million are less than 28 days overdue (2012: $0.9 million). Due to the short term nature of
the group’s receivables, their carrying value is considered to approximate fair value.

12 Inventories

Current
Work in progress
Finished goods
Consumable stores
Total current inventories

Non-current
Work in progress
Finished goods
Total non-current inventories

2013
$m

2012
$m

161.4
328.0
34.7
524.1

197.0
74.0
271.0

44.0
440.6
38.0
522.6

213.9
44.0
257.9

Inventories are valued at the lower of weighted average cost and estimated net realisable value. All inventory is
carried at cost except for $106.2 million (2012: nil) of finished goods which are carried at net realisable value.

fixed and variable overhead
Weighted average cost
expenditure, including depreciation and amortisation. As a result of mineral sands being co-products from the
same mineral separation process, costs are allocated to inventory on a monthly basis based on relative sales
prices of the finished goods produced. No cost is attributed to by-products.

includes direct costs and an appropriate portion of

Net realisable value is the amount estimated to be obtained from sale in the normal course of business, less any
anticipated costs of completion and the estimated costs necessary to make the sale, including royalties.

Consumable stores include ilmenite acquired from third parties, flocculant, diesel and warehouse stores. A
regular and ongoing review is undertaken to establish the extent of surplus, obsolete or damaged stores, which
are then valued at estimated net realisable value.

106

Inventories expected to be sold (or consumed in the case of stores) within twelve months after the balance sheet
date are classified as current assets, all other inventories are classified as non-current assets.

13 Property, plant and equipment

Land &
Buildings
$m

Plant,
Machinery &
Equipment
$m

Mine
Reserves &
Development
$m

Exploration &
Evaluation
$m

Total
$m

1 January 2012

At
Cost or fair value
Accumulated depreciation*
Opening written down value

Additions
Disposals
Depreciation/amortisation
Foreign exchange
Transfers/reclassifications
Closing written down value

At 31 December 2012
Cost or fair value
Accumulated depreciation*
Closing written down value

Year ended 31 December 2013
Opening written down value
Additions
Disposals
Depreciation/Amortisation
Foreign exchange
Transfers/reclassifications
Idle asset write downs
Closing written down value

At 31 December 2013
Cost
Accumulated depreciation*
Closing written down value

107.0
(14.7)
92.3

5.3
(0.1)
(3.3)
-
-
94.2

121.1
(26.9)
94.2

94.2
2.9
(0.6)
(3.2)
0.4
(0.5)
(0.3)
92.9

1,836.5
(854.2)
982.3

61.7
-
(107.8)
(0.8)
-
935.4

1,914.1
(978.7)
935.4

935.4
59.9
(1.2)
(84.5)
5.3
0.5
(39.3)
876.1

741.0
(409.7)
331.3

131.7
-
(91.6)
(0.1)
0.4
371.7

836.6
(464.9)
371.7

371.7
29.2
-
(92.7)
1.7
0.4
(0.4)
309.9

124.6
(31.7)
92.9

1,964.8
(1,088.7)
876.1

871.6
(561.7)
309.9

24.7
(0.2)
24.5

4.9
-
-
-
(0.4)
29.0

30.2
(1.2)
29.0

29.0
7.9
-
(0.9)
-
(0.4)
-
35.6

37.7
(2.1)
35.6

2,709.2
(1,278.8)
1,430.4

203.6
(0.1)
(202.7)
(0.9)
-
1,430.3

2,902.0
(1,471.7)
1,430.3

1,430.3
99.9
(1.8)
(181.3)
7.4
-
(40.0)
1,314.5

2,998.7
(1,684.2)
1,314.5

* Accumulated depreciation includes cumulative impairment charges

(a) Property, plant and equipment

Property plant and equipment is stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and impairment charges. Cost
includes:

•
•

•

•

expenditure that is directly attributable to the acquisition of the items;
direct costs associated with the commissioning of plant and equipment, including pre-commissioning costs in
testing the processing plant;
if the asset is constructed by the group, the cost of all materials used in construction, direct labour on the
project, project management costs and unavoidable borrowing costs incurred during construction of assets
with a construction period greater than twelve months and an appropriate proportion of variable and fixed
overheads; and
the present value of the estimated costs of dismantling and removing the asset and restoring the site on
which it is located.

107

As set out in note 15(a), in the case of rehabilitation provisions for assets which remain in use, adjustments to the
carrying value of the provision are offset by a change in the carrying value of the related asset. Total additions in
the year include $34.9 million (2012: $51.1 million) related to changes in the rehabilitation provision (refer note
15(a)).

(b) Maintenance and repairs

Certain items of plant used in the primary extraction, separation and secondary processing of extracted minerals
are subject to a major overhaul on a cyclical basis. Costs incurred during such overhauls are characterised as
either in the nature of capital or in the nature of repairs and maintenance. Work performed may involve:

(i)

the replacement of a discrete sub-component asset, in which case an asset addition is recognised and the
book value of the replaced item is written off; and

(ii) demonstrably extending the useful life or functionality of an existing asset, in which case the relevant cost is

added to the capitalised cost of the asset in question.

Costs incurred during a major cyclical overhaul which do not constitute (i) or (ii) above, are written off as repairs
and maintenance as incurred. General repairs and maintenance which are not characterised as part of a major
cyclical overhaul are expensed as incurred.

(c) Depreciation and amortisation

Depreciation is provided to expense the cost of property, plant and equipment over its estimated useful life on
either a straight line or units of production basis. Units of production depreciation is calculated using the quantity
of heavy mineral concentrate extracted from the applicable mine or processed through the mine specific plant as
a percentage of the total quantity of heavy mineral concentrate planned to be extracted/processed in the current
and future periods based on mine plans. The basis of depreciation of each asset is reviewed annually and
changes to the basis of depreciation are made if the straight line or units of production basis is no longer
considered to represent the expected pattern of consumption of economic benefits. The expected useful lives for
the main categories of assets are as follows:

Land

-
- Mine buildings
- Mine specific machinery and equipment
- Mine specific plant
- Mine reserves and development
- Other non-mine specific plant and equipment

not depreciated
the shorter of applicable mine life and 25 years
the applicable mine life
units of production
units of production
3-25 years

The reserves and life of each mine and the remaining useful life of each class of asset are reassessed at regular
intervals and the depreciation rates adjusted accordingly on a prospective basis.

(d) Assets not being depreciated

Included in property, machinery and equipment and mine reserves and development are amounts totalling $28.2
million and $1.6 million respectively (2012: $26.3 million and $0.6 million respectively) relating to assets under
construction which are currently not being depreciated as the assets are not ready for use.

In addition, within property, plant and equipment are amounts totalling $164.2 million (2012: $115.9 million) which
have not been depreciated in the year as mining of the related area of interest has not yet commenced or the
asset is currently idle.

(e) Recoverable amount of non-current assets

Property, plant and equipment is reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate
that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. An impairment charge is recognised for the amount by which
the asset's carrying amount exceeds its recoverable amount. The recoverable amount is the higher of an asset's
fair value less costs to sell (FVLCS) and value-in-use. For the purposes of assessing impairment, operating
assets are grouped at the lowest levels for which there are separately identifiable cash flows (Cash Generating
Units). Assets that are not currently in use and not scheduled to be brought back in to use (idle assets) are
impairment may include significant changes in business
considered on a standalone basis.
performance or future operating plans along with changes in technology. Assets that have suffered an
impairment charge are reviewed for possible reversal of the impairment at each reporting date.

Indicators of

In light of the continued idling of some assets, as well as changes to mine plans and successful technical
developments during the year, a $40.0 million write down (2012: $nil) of a number of idled Western Australian
assets occurred in the year. The write down relates to old equipment: three wet concentrator plants; two mining
unit plants; and capitalised expenditure associated with restarting synthetic rutile kiln 3 (SR kiln 3) which was
subsequently idled in the first half of 2013.

108

(f) Exploration, evaluation and development expenditure

Exploration and evaluation expenditure is accumulated separately for each area of interest. Such expenditure
comprises net direct costs and an appropriate portion of related overhead expenditure. Expenditure is carried
forward when incurred in areas for which the group has rights of tenure and where economic mineralisation is
indicated, but activities have not yet reached a stage which permits a reasonable assessment of the existence or
otherwise of economically recoverable ore reserves and active and significant operations in relation to the area
are continuing. Each such project is regularly reviewed. If the project is abandoned or if it is considered unlikely
the project will proceed to development, accumulated costs to that point are written off immediately.

Each area of interest is limited to a size related to a known mineral resource capable of supporting a mining
operation. Identifiable exploration assets acquired from another mining company are recognised as assets at
their cost of acquisition.

Projects are advanced to development status when it is expected that accumulated and future expenditure on
development can be recouped through project development or sale. Capitalised exploration is transferred to Mine
Reserves once the related ore body achieved JORC reserve status (reported in accordance with JORC, 2012)
and has been included in the life of mine plan.

All of the above expenditure is carried forward up to commencement of operations at which time it is amortised in
accordance with the reserves and development depreciation policy noted in (c) above.

During the year the group acquired all of the share capital in PKD Resources (Pvt) Ltd, a Sri Lankan domiciled
company which owns an exploration tenement located near the city of Puttalam in the North Western Province of
Sri Lanka. The consideration paid was US$5.0 million and is included within exploration and evaluation additions
above. Further details in relation to future consideration are detailed in note 30.

14 Payables

Trade payables
Accrued expenses
Annual leave payable
Government royalties payable

31 December
2013
$m

31 December
2012
$m

17.4
46.6
8.6
7.6
80.2

25.4
46.0
11.2
4.7
87.3

Trade payables are recognised at
the invoice received from the supplier. The amounts are
unsecured and are usually paid within 30 days of recognition. Due to the short term nature of the group’s trade
payables, their carrying value is considered to approximate fair value.

the value of

109

15 Provisions

Current
Rehabilitation and mine closure
Employee benefits - long service leave
Workers compensation and other provisions

Non-current
Rehabilitation and mine closure
Employee benefits - long service leave
Retirement benefit obligations

Notes

26

2013
$m

40.5
8.3
0.9
49.7

425.4
4.9
3.9
434.2

2012
$m

50.0
10.2
3.9
64.1

394.5
4.2
8.6
407.3

The following table demonstrates the drivers behind the change in provisions form the prior year.

Movements in provisions
Balance at 1 January
Change in provisions - expense for closed sites
Change in provision - additions to property plant and equipment
Rehabilitation and mine closure unwind
Rehabilitation discount rate changes - for closed sites
Rehabilitation discount rate changes - for open sites
Foreign exchange rate movements
Amounts spent during the year
Change in provision - unused amounts reversed
Balance at 31 December

(a) Rehabilitation and mine closure

Rehabilitation
and mine
closure
$m

Notes

Other
provisions
$m

6
13
16(d)
16(d)
13

444.5
(5.0)
15.2
16.6
18.0
19.0
7.5
(49.9)
-
465.9

3.9
-
-
-
-
-
-
(1.8)
(1.2)
0.9

The group has obligations to dismantle and remove certain items of property, plant and equipment and to restore
and rehabilitate the land on which they sit.

A provision is raised for the estimated cost of settling the rehabilitation and restoration obligations existing at
balance date, discounted to present value using an appropriate pre-tax discount rate.

Where the obligation is related to an item of property, plant and equipment, its cost includes the present value of
the estimated costs of dismantling and removing the asset and restoring the site on which it is located. Costs that
relate to obligations arising from waste created by the production process are recognised as production costs in
the period in which they arise.

The discounted value reflects a combination of management's assessment of the nature and extent of the work
required, the future cost of performing the work required, the timing of the cash flows and the discount rate. The
increase in the provision due to passage of time of $16.6 million (2012: $24.6 million) is recognised as a finance
cost in note 16(d).

The provisions are reassessed at least annually. A change in any of the assumptions used to determine the
provisions could have a material impact on the carrying value of the provision. In the case of provisions for assets
which remain in use, adjustments to the carrying value of the provision are offset by a change in the carrying
value of the related asset. Where the provisions are for assets no longer in use, such as mines and processing
sites that have been closed, any adjustment is reflected directly in profit or loss.

110

The total rehabilitation and mine closure provision of $465.9 million (2012: $444.5 million) includes $299.6 million
(2012: $312.6 million) for assets no longer in use. Changes to the provisions for assets no longer in use are
charged/credited directly to profit or loss. A review of cost estimates resulted in a credit of $5.5 million (2012:
charge of $8.3 million) which is reported within the expense item Rehabilitation and holding costs for closed sites
in note 6. The change in discount rate resulted in a charge of $18.0 million (2012: nil) which is reported within the
finance costs item Rehabilitation discount rate changes in note 16(d).

(b) Employee benefits

The employee benefits provision relates to long service leave entitlements measured as the present value of
expected future payments to be made in respect of services provided by employees up to the reporting date,
discounted using market yields at the reporting date on national government bonds with terms to maturity and
currency that match, as closely as possible, the estimated future cash outflows. Liabilities for annual leave are
included in payables in note 14.

The current provision represents amounts for vested long service leave for which the group does not have an
unconditional right to defer settlement, regardless of when the actual settlement is expected to occur. However,
based on past experience, the group does not expect all employees to take the full amount of accrued leave or
require payment within the next 12 months.

111

Capital structure and finance costs
This section outlines how the group manages its capital and related financing costs.

The group's objectives when managing capital are to safeguard its ability to continue as a going concern, so that
it can continue to provide returns to shareholders and benefits for other stakeholders and to maintain an efficient
capital structure to reduce the cost of capital.

In order to maintain or adjust the capital structure, the group may adjust the amount of dividends paid to
shareholders, return capital to shareholders, issue new shares or sell assets to reduce debt.

The group monitors capital on the basis of the level of return on capital and also the level of net cash/debt and
compliance with bank covenants, including the gearing ratio calculated as a net debt / (net debt + equity). The
group manages funds on a group basis with all funds being drawn by the parent entity.

16 Net debt and finance costs

Cash and cash equivalents
Cash at bank and in hand
Deposits at call
Total cash and cash equivalents

Current interest-bearing liabilities (unsecured)
Senior Notes 2003
Trade advance facility

Non-current interest-bearing liabilities (unsecured)
Multi Optional Facility Agreement
Senior Notes 2003
Deferred borrowing costs

Total interest-bearing liabilities

Net debt

(a) Cash and cash equivalents

2013
$m

23.4
23.0
46.4

-
11.1
11.1

225.4
22.4
(5.9)
241.9

2012
$m

184.3
356.9
541.2

185.4
11.1
196.5

599.1
312.2
(34.4)
876.9

253.0

1,073.4

206.6

532.2

Cash and cash equivalents include cash on hand and deposits held at call with financial institutions with original
maturities of three months or less.

Cash and deposits are at floating interest rates between 0.0 per cent and 2.95 per cent (2012: 0.0 per cent and
3.45 per cent) on US dollar and Australian dollar denominated deposits. The weighted average interest rate for
the year was 3.33 per cent (2012: 2.03 per cent).

(b) Interest-bearing liabilities

Interest-bearing liabilities are initially recognised at fair value less directly attributable transaction costs, with
subsequent measurement at amortised cost using the effective interest rate method. Under the amortised cost
method the difference between the amount initially recognised and the redemption amount is recognised in profit
or loss over the period of the borrowings on an effective interest basis.

Interest-bearing liabilities are classified as current liabilities unless the group has an unconditional right to defer
settlement for at least 12 months after the balance sheet date.

A description of each of the facilities is provided below.

(i) Trade advance facility
In December 2013 Iluka entered into a US$9.9 million Trade advance facility. Drawings under the facility are at
the discretion of the facility provider based on the acceptance of credit insured receivables. The facility is fully
drawn and matures in May 2014.

112

(ii) US Private Placement Notes - 2003 Series
In June 2013, the US$40.0 million tranche was repaid in accordance with its maturity; this debt was subject to an
interest rate and cross currency swap to AUD with the effective repayment of $56.9 million being matched by
AUD debt drawn under the group's existing bank facilities. The final US$20.0 million tranche is due for repayment
in June 2015.

(iii) Multi Optional Facility Agreement
The Multi Optional Facility Agreement (MOFA) comprises a series of unsecured five year bilateral revolving credit
facilities with several domestic and foreign institutions, totaling $800 million which all expire in April 2017.
Drawings under the MOFA at 31 December 2013 were A$130.0 million and US$85.0 million (2012: US$85.0
million).

(c)

Interest rate exposure

Of the above interest-bearing liabilities, $236.5 million is subject to an effective weighted average floating interest
rate of 3.6 per cent (2012: interest-bearing liabilities of $81.8 million at 2.3 per cent; interest rate swaps (notional
principal) of $56.9 million at 3.9 per cent). The contractual repricing date of all of the floating rate interest-bearing
liabilities at the balance dates is within one year.

The only fixed interest rate borrowing at balance date is the $22.4 million (2012: $19.2 million) payable in respect
of the US Private Placement Senior Notes due in 2015.

(d) Finance costs

Interest and finance charges paid/payable
Bank fees and similar charges
Amortisation of deferred borrowing costs
Rehabilitation and mine closure unwind
Rehabilitation discount rate changes
Total finance costs

2013
$m

13.4
1.5
1.8
16.6
18.0
51.3

2012
$m

11.5
2.8
2.3
24.6
-
41.2

Interest charges

(i)
Interest charges include interest on interest-bearing liabilities; including amounts paid or received on interest rate
swaps and finance lease charges.

(ii) Amortisation of deferred borrowing costs
Fees paid on establishment of borrowing facilities are recognised as transaction costs and amortised over the
period to which the facility relates. No transaction costs were capitalised in 2013 (2012: $8.8 million recognised in
the deferred borrowing costs balance above).

(iii) Rehabilitation and mine closure unwind
Rehabilitation and mine closure unwind represents the cost associated with the passage of time. Rehabilitation
provisions are recognised as the discounted value of the present obligation to restore, dismantle and rehabilitate
with the increase in the provision due to passage of time being recognised as a finance cost in accordance with
the policy described in note 15(a).

113

17 Financial risk management

The group's activities expose it to a variety of financial risks: market risk (including currency risk and interest rate
risk), credit risk and liquidity risk. The group's overall risk management program focuses on the unpredictability of
financial markets and seeks to minimise potential adverse effects on the group’s financial performance. Financial
risk management is managed by a central treasury department under policies approved by the Board.

(a) Market risk

Market risk is the risk that changes in market prices - such as foreign exchange rates and interest rates - will
affect the group’s income or value of its holdings of financial instruments.

(i) Foreign exchange risk
Foreign exchange risk arises from future commercial
denominated in a currency that is not the entity's functional currency.

transactions and recognised assets and liabilities

The group operates internationally and is exposed to foreign exchange risk arising predominantly from the US
dollar which is the currency in which the group’s sales are generally denominated. As discussed in note 2(b)(ii),
the group has operations in the US and the balance sheet translation risk is managed by borrowing in US dollars
to provide a hedge for the net US dollar investment in the US operation (translation differences are taken to the
foreign currency translation reserve). US dollar borrowings also provide a ‘natural’ hedge against movements in
US dollar receivables from Australian sales (translation differences are taken to profit or loss).

The group's exposure to USD foreign currency risk (by entities which have an Australian dollar functional
currency) at the end of the reporting period, expressed in Australian dollars, was as follows:

Cash and cash equivalents
Receivables
Payables
Interest-bearing liabilities (2012: net of swap)

2013
$m

2.7
144.3
(4.3)
(129.0)
13.7

2012
$m

16.7
93.2
(5.3)
(81.8)
22.8

(ii) Group sensitivity
The average US dollar exchange rate applied during the year was 0.9678 (2012: 1.0358). The US dollar spot rate
at 31 December 2013 was 0.8907 (31 December 2012: 1.0403).
the US dollar exchange rate
strengthened/(weakened) against the Australian dollar by 10 per cent (2012: 10 per cent), with all other variables
held constant, the group's post-tax profit for the year and equity would have moved as per the table below.

If

31 December 2013
31 December 2012

-10%
Strengthen

+10%
Weaken

Profit
$m

3.2
1.8

Equity
$m

(1.7)
(1.5)

Profit
$m

(2.1)
(1.5)

Equity
$m

1.5
1.2

The foreign currency sensitivity related to the US Private Placement Notes impacts equity rather than profit as it
is a hedge of the net investment in the US operations.

(iii) Interest rate risk
Interest rate risk arises from the group’s borrowings and cash deposits. When managing interest rate risk the
group seeks to mitigate its risk by utilising a blend of floating and fixed rate debt. During 2013 and 2012, the
group's borrowings at variable rates were denominated in Australian dollars and US dollars. At 31 December
2013, if interest rates for the full year were -/+ 1 per cent from the year-end rate with all other variables held
constant, post-tax profit for the year would have moved as per the table below.

31 December 2013
31 December 2012

+1%
$m

2.6
1.5

-1%
$m

(2.6)
(1.7)

114

The sensitivity is calculated using the net debt position at 31 December 2013. The interest charges in note 16(d)
of $13.4 million (2012: $11.5 million) reflect interest-bearing liabilities in 2013 that range between $76.1 million
and $259.0 million (2012: $67.5 million and $356.1 million).

(b) Credit risk

Credit risk arises from cash and cash equivalents held with financial institutions, as well as credit exposure to
customers.

The group has policies in place to ensure that credit sales are only made to customers with an appropriate credit
history. The group also maintains an insurance policy to assist in managing the credit risk of its customers and
therefore has no significant concentrations of credit risk. Of the total trade receivables balance of $159.3 million,
$95.3 million is covered by an insurance policy and $13.9 million by letters of credit. The insurance policies which
have a maximum claim amount of $61.7 million. All
trade receivables are considered low risk. Derivative
counterparties and cash transactions are limited to high credit quality financial institutions and policies limit the
amount of credit exposure to any one financial institution.

The group has policies in place to ensure that cash deposits are held with counterparties with an appropriate
credit rating. Credit exposure limits are approved by the Board based on both credit and sovereign ratings.

(c) Liquidity risk

Liquidity risk is the risk the group will not be able to meet its financial obligations as they fall due. Liquidity risk
management involves maintaining sufficient cash on hand or undrawn credit facilities to meet the operating
requirements of the business. This is managed through committed undrawn facilities under the MOFA (refer note
16(b)(iii)) of $574.6 million at balance date, and prudent cash flow management.

(d) Maturities of financial liabilities

The tables below analyses the group’s interest-bearing liabilities and net settled derivative financial instruments
into maturity groupings based on the remaining period at the reporting date to the contractual maturity date. For
the MOFA, the contractual maturity date is the facility expiry date of April 2017, contractual cash flows are until
the next contractual re-pricing date which are all within one year. The amounts disclosed in the table are the
contractual undiscounted cash flows. Balances due within 12 months equal their carrying balances as the impact
of discounting is not significant. The fair value of interest rate swaps (2012 only) is calculated as the present
value of the estimated future cash flows. All other financial liabilities are due within 12 months (refer note 14).

Weighted
average rate

Less than
1 year
$m

Between
1 and 2
years
$m

Between
2 and 5
years
$m

Total
contractual
cash flows
$m

Carrying
amount
liabilities
$m

%

2.2
5.4

12.9
1.0
13.9

-
22.9
22.9

225.4
-
225.4

238.3
23.9
262.2

236.5
22.4
258.9

Weighted
average rate

Less than 1
year
$m

Between
1 and 2
years
$m

Between
2 and 5
years
$m

Total
contractual
cash flows
$m

Carrying
amount
liabilities
$m

At

31 December 2013

Non-derivatives

Interest-bearing variable rate
Interest-bearing fixed rate
Total non-derivatives

At

31 December 2012

Non-derivatives

Interest-bearing variable rate
Interest-bearing fixed rate
Total non-derivatives

2.3
4.3

-
58.9
58.9

-
1.0
1.0

82.2
19.7
101.9

82.2
79.6
161.8

81.8
76.1
157.9

Derivatives

Interest rate swaps (net receivable)

0.1

-

-

0.1

-

115

18 Contributed equity

(a) Share capital

Ordinary shares - fully paid
Treasury shares - net of tax

2013
Shares

2012
Shares

418,701,360
(937,719)
417,763,641

418,701,360
(1,630,066)
417,071,294

2013
$m

1,120.0
(7.9)
1,112.1

2012
$m

1,120.0
(15.2)
1,104.8

Ordinary shares entitle the holder to participate in dividends and the proceeds on winding up of the company in
proportion to the number of and amounts paid on the shares held. On a show of hands, every holder of ordinary
shares present at a meeting in person or by proxy is entitled to one vote, and upon a poll each share is entitled to
one vote. Incremental costs directly attributable to the issue of new shares or options are shown in equity as a
deduction, net of tax, from the proceeds. There have been no movements in fully paid ordinary shares since 7
May 2009.

(b) Treasury shares

Treasury shares are shares in Iluka Resources Limited acquired on market and held for the purpose of issuing
shares under the Directors, Executives and Employees Share Acquisition Plan.

Opening balance at 1 January 2012
Acquisition of shares, net of tax
Employee share issues, net of tax
Balance at 31 December 2012

Acquisition of share net of tax
Employee share issues, net of tax
Balance at 31 December 2012

Number of
shares

2,269,590
341,621
(981,145)
1,630,066

217,819
(910,166)
937,719

$m

18.0
2.5
(5.3)
15.2

1.5
(8.8)
7.9

116

Other notes

19 Events occurring after the reporting period

On 21 February 2014, Iluka announced that it had concluded an Investment Agreement with Metalysis Limited
(Metalysis) for an interest of 18.3 percent, subject to usual conditions precedent, for a consideration of £12.2
million (approximately A$22.5 million). Metalysis is a private, venture capital
funded technology company
established in 2001, which is based in the United Kingdom. Metalysis has demonstrated that it is able to produce
titanium powder directly from Iluka’s main high grade titanium feedstock products of rutile. Iluka’s investment in
Metalysis provides the following:

•

•
•
•
•

•

a 18.3 per cent interest, on a fully diluted basis (19.6 per cent on an undiluted basis), which makes Iluka the
largest shareholder;
a right to increase its shareholding to between 20 to 24.9 per cent in the event of an Initial Public Offering;
a pro-rata first right of refusal over any transfers of existing shares or issues of new shares;
one Board seat with full voting rights and one observer;
a non-exclusive world-wide licence over the Metalysis technology to produce titanium powder in return for a
revenue royalty on normal commercial terms; and
right of first offer over future titanium metal licences, excluding current negotiations Metalysis is undertaking
with respect to two specific licences.

All conditions precedent were satisfied on 28 February 2014.

20 Other income

Net gain on disposal of property, plant and equipment
Commissions and other sundry income

2013
$m

0.6
2.5
3.1

2012
$m

1.3
9.0
10.3

21 Remuneration of auditors

During the period the following fees were paid or payable for services provided by the auditor of the parent entity,
its related practices and non-related audit firms:

(a) PricewaterhouseCoopers Australia

Audit and other assurance services
Audit and review of financial statements
Other assurance services

Tax and other services
Tax Compliance and advisory services
Total remuneration

(b) Network firms of PricewaterhouseCoopers Australia

Audit and review of financial statements
Other compliance and advisory services

117

2013
$000

2012
$000

584
9
593

22
615

17
12
29

551
46
597

-
597

10
-
10

22 Deferred tax

Deferred tax asset:
Deferred tax asset amounts recognised in profit or loss
Employee benefits
Rehabilitation provisions
Tax revenue losses
Other
Gross deferred tax assets

Deferred tax asset amounts recognised directly in equity
Share issue costs
Actuarial losses on retirement benefit obligations

2013
$m

2012
$m

7.7
133.9
3.6
3.6
148.8

-
(0.1)
(0.1)

8.2
129.5
3.3
4.6
145.6

0.2
1.8
2.0

Amount offset to deferred tax liabilities pursuant to set-off provision
Net deferred tax assets

(135.5)
13.2

(131.9)
15.7

Deferred tax liability:
Deferred tax liability amounts in profit or loss
Depreciation/amortisation
Foreign currency exchange
Receivables
Inventory
Other
Gross deferred tax liabilities

Amount offset to deferred tax assets pursuant to set-off provision
Net deferred tax liabilities

Movements in net deferred tax balance:
Balance at 1 January
Credited to the income statement
Over provision in prior years
Charged directly to equity
Balance at 31 December

(111.8)
(0.2)
(6.3)
(26.0)
(0.8)
(145.1)

135.5
(9.6)

(6.5)
16.2
(8.1)
2.0
3.6

(123.0)
(5.1)
(5.0)
(19.6)
(1.4)
(154.1)

131.9
(22.2)

0.3
(16.2)
7.6
1.8
(6.5)

Deferred income tax is provided on all temporary differences at the balance sheet date between accounting
carrying amounts and the tax bases of assets and liabilities.

Deferred income tax liabilities are recognised for all taxable temporary differences, other than for the exemptions
permitted under accounting standards.

Deferred income tax assets are recognised for all deductible temporary differences, carry-forward of unused tax
assets and unused tax losses, to the extent it is probable that taxable profit will be available to utilise these
deductible temporary differences, other than for the exemptions permitted under accounting standards. The
carrying amount of deferred income tax assets is reviewed at each balance sheet date and reduced to the extent
that it is no longer probable that sufficient taxable profit will be available to allow all or part of the deferred income
tax asset to be utilised.

Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are measured at the tax rates that are expected to apply to the year
when the asset is realised or the liability is settled, based on tax rates (and tax laws) that have been enacted or
substantively enacted at the balance sheet date.

Income taxes relating to items recognised directly in equity are recognised in equity and not in the income
statement.

Deferred tax assets of $20.0 million (2012: $20.8 million) and deferred tax liabilities of $32.9 million (2012: $26.6
million) are expected to be recovered in less than 12 months of the balance sheet date.

118

Deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities are offset only if a legally enforceable right exists to set off current
tax assets against current tax liabilities and the deferred tax assets and liabilities relate to the same taxable entity
and the same taxation authority. Given this, the net deferred tax assets arising in the group’s US operations have
not been offset against the net deferred tax liabilities arising in the group’s Australian operations.

23 Reserves and retained earnings

Asset revaluation reserve
Balance at 1 January
Transfer to retained earnings on disposal
Balance at 31 December

Share-based payments reserve
Balance at 1 January
Transfer of shares to employees, net of tax
Share-based payments, net of tax
Balance at 31 December

Foreign currency translation
Balance at 1 January
Currency translation of US operation
Hedge of net investment in US operation
Deferred tax
Balance at 31 December

Total reserves

Retained earnings
Balance at 1 January
Net profit for the period
Dividends paid
Transfer from asset revaluation reserve, net of tax
Actuarial losses on retirement benefit obligation, net of tax
Balance at 31 December

(a) Asset revaluation reserve

2013
$m

15.9
(2.2)
13.7

4.4
(8.8)
3.5
(0.9)

(2.2)
11.6
(4.6)
1.4
6.2

19.0

444.2
18.5
(62.9)
2.2
5.0
407.0

2012
$m

16.0
(0.1)
15.9

2.7
(5.3)
7.0
4.4

(2.3)
(0.5)
0.5
0.1
(2.2)

18.1

416.3
363.2
(333.7)
0.1
(1.7)
444.2

The asset revaluation reserve records revaluations of non-current assets prior to the adoption of AIFRS.
Transfers are made to retained earnings on disposal of previously revalued assets.

(b) Share-based payments reserve

The employee share-based payments reserve is used to recognise the fair value of equity instruments granted
but not yet issued to employees under the group's various equity-based incentive schemes. On settlement of the
share-based payment by the issue of equity instruments to employees, the cost of the on-market acquisition is
transferred from treasury shares (refer note 18(b)) to the share based payment reserve.

(c) Foreign currency translation reserve

Exchange differences arising on translation of the net investment in foreign operations, including US dollar
denominated debt used as a hedge of the net investment, are taken into the foreign currency translation reserve
net of applicable income tax, as described in note 2(b)(iv). US$20.0 million of debt (2012: US$20.0 million) is
designated as a hedge of the net investment in the US operations at balance date. The reserve is recognised in
profit or loss when the net investment is disposed of.

119

24 Share-based payments

Share-based compensation benefits are provided to employees via incentive plans, the Directors', Executives
and Employees Share Acquisition Plan and the Employee Share Ownership scheme. Information relating to
these schemes is set out in the Remuneration Report.

The fair value of shares granted is determined based on market prices at grant date, taking into account the
terms and conditions upon which those shares were granted. The fair value is recognised as an expense through
profit or loss on a straight-line basis between the grant date and the vesting date for each respective plan.

The fair value of share rights is independently determined using a Monte Carlo simulation that takes into account
the exercise price, the term of the share right, the impact of dilution, the share price at grant date and expected
price volatility of the underlying share, the expected dividend yield and the risk free interest rate of the term of the
share right. The fair value of the Long Term Incentive Plan (LTIP - TSR tranche) also takes into account the
company's predicted share prices against the comparator group performance at vesting date.

A credit to the share-based payments expense arises where unvested entitlements lapse on resignation or the
non-fulfillment of the vesting conditions that do not relate to market performance. Payroll tax payable on the grant
of restricted shares or share rights is recognised as a component of the share-based payments expense when
paid.

The share-based payment expense recognised in profit or loss of $5.5 million (2012: $9.7 million) results from
several schemes summarised below.

Fair
value

Shares /
Rights at

Expense
2013

Shares /
Rights at

Expense
2012

$

31 Dec 13

$m

31 Dec 12

$m

Schemes

STIP (i)

2012

2011

2010

LTIP - TSR (ii)
2013

2012

2011

2010

LTIP - ROE (ii)
2013

2012

2011

2010

MD LTID (iii)

Employee Share Plan (iv)

Grant
date

Vesting
date

Mar-13 Mar-14/15

Mar-12 Mar-13/14

Jan-11

Jan-12/13

Feb-13

Jan-12

Jan-11

Jan-10

Feb-13

Jan-12

Jan-11

Jan-10

Mar-11

Jan-16

Jan-15

Jan-14

Jan-13

Jan-16

Jan-15

Jan-14

Jan-13

Feb-15

10.20

16.68

9.14

7.72

11.07

7.37

2.59

9.89

14.66

9.44

3.58

163,552

121,567

-

199,135

98,898

127,644

-

199,136

98,899

127,645

-

11.62

750,000

Restricted Employee Share Plan (v)

-

-

-

276,056

175,001

-

113,970

146,665

335,846

-

113,970

146,665

335,846

750,000

-

1.0

1.5

-

0.4

0.2

0.2

-

0.5

(0.4)

0.3

-

1.0

0.6

-

5.5

-

3.1

0.8

-

0.5

0.4

0.3

-

0.6

0.4

0.3

2.2

0.6

0.5

9.7

(i) Short Term Incentive Plan (STIP)
The fair value of the STIP is determined as the volume weighted average price of ordinary shares over the five
trading days following the release of the company’s annual results.

(ii) Long Term Incentive Plan (LTIP)
The fair value at grant date for the 2013 LTIP Plan takes into account the exercise price of $nil, the share price at
grant date of $10.91, the expected price volatility of the share price (based on historical volatility), the expected
dividend yield of 3.25% and the risk free rate of return of 2.92%. The fair value of the TSR tranche also takes into
account the company’s predicted share prices against the comparator group performance at vesting date.

Prior year expenses related to rights that do not vest for the Return on Equity (ROE) tranche are credited to the
share-based payments expense. The credit for the 2012 ROE tranche is based on the likelihood that the
threshold will not be achieved.

120

(iii) Managing Director’s Long Term Incentive Deferred (LTID) share rights
The LTID plan performance period ended on 1 March 2014. Of the 750,000 share rights offered, 250,000 will vest
based on the company’s financial performance over the three year period. However, vesting will not occur until
March 2015, 12 months after the end of performance period. The lower LTID expense in 2013 is due to the
threshold ROE not being achieved in 2013.

Full details of the LTID share rights granted in March 2011 and approved by shareholders at the 2011 AGM are
set out in the Remuneration Report. The fair value of $11.62 per right is the weighted average for all share rights
in the LTID.

(iv) Employee share plan
A total of 56,620 (2012: 46,200) shares were issued to eligible employees who participated in the plan. Each
participant was issued with shares worth $1,000 based on a volume weighted average market price of $10.47
(2012: $13.33) for the five days prior to the start of the offer period.

(v) Restricted employee share plan
In 2012, a total of 125,488 restricted shares were awarded to eligible employees who would have been entitled to
participate in the Employee Share Plan for 2009/10 that was cancelled.

25 Commitments

(a) Exploration and mining lease commitments

Commitments in relation to leases contracted for at reporting date but not
recognised as liabilities payable:

Within one year
Later than one year but not later than five years
Later than five years

2013
$m

2012
$m

20.4
30.5
52.7
103.6

21.3
39.4
50.1
110.8

These costs are discretionary. If the expenditure commitments are not met then the associated exploration and
mining leases may be relinquished.

(b) Lease commitments

Commitments for minimum lease payments in relation to non-cancellable
operating leases are payable as follows:

Within one year
Later than one year but not later than five years
Later than five years

11.9
21.6
-
33.5

12.5
16.1
0.4
29.0

(c) Capital commitments

Capital expenditure contracted for and payable within 1 year of the reporting date, but not recognised as liabilities
are $5.2 million (2012: $8.2 million). All of the commitments relate to the purchase of property, plant and
equipment.

(d) Other commitments

Commitments for payments in relation to non-cancellable contracts at balance date are $75.1 million (2012:
$118.6 million). Other commitments include $17.9 million (2012: $114.6 million) in respect of the group for term
contracts for gas, electricity and water used in the production process.

121

26 Retirement benefit obligations

(a) Superannuation plan

(i) Australia

All employees of the group who do not elect an alternate fund under the Superannuation Fund Choice Legislation
are entitled to benefits on leaving service, retirement, disability or death from the Iluka Section of the ING Master
Trust, a sub-plan of the ING Masterfund. Within the Iluka Plan (the plan) the vast majority of members are entitled
to accumulation (that is, defined contribution) benefits only. The plan also provides defined lump sum and
pension benefits based on years of service and final average salary for a small number of members. The
accumulation contribution section receives fixed contributions from group companies. The group's legal or
constructive obligation is limited to these contributions.

(ii) USA

All employees of the United States (US) operations are entitled to benefits from the US operations' pension plans
on retirement, disability or death. The US operations have one remaining defined benefit plan and one defined
contribution plan. The defined benefit plan provides a monthly benefit based on average salary and years of
service. The defined contribution plan receives an employee's elected contribution and an employer's match-up
to a fixed percentage. The entity's legal or construction obligation is limited to these contributions.

The following sets out details in respect of the defined benefit sections only of the Australian and US plans. The
expense recognised in relation to the defined contribution plans is disclosed in note 6(f) and is a related party
transaction.

(b) Financial position

The net financial position of the group’s defined benefit plans based on information supplied from the plans'
actuarial advisors are, for the Australian plan a surplus $0.3 million (2012: deficit $0.4 million) and for the US plan
a deficit $4.1 million (2012: deficit $8.2 million). A net deficit of $3.8 million (2012: deficit $8.6 million) is included
in non-current provisions in note 15. The table below provides a summary of the net financial position at 31
December for the past five years.

Defined benefit plan obligation
Plan assets
Deficit

2013
$m

20.5
(16.7)
3.8

2012
$m

22.8
(14.2)
8.6

2011
$m

22.6
(15.0)
7.6

2010
$m

17.5
(14.1)
3.4

2009
$m

40.2
(31.7)
8.5

(c) Defined benefits superannuation expense

In 2013, $2.4 million (2012: $1.1 million) was recognised in expenses for the year in respect of the defined
contribution plans (refer note 6(f)).

Other disclosures in respect of retirement benefit obligations required by AASB 119 are not included in the
financial report as the Directors do not consider them to be material to an understanding of the financial position
and performance of the group.

122

27 Key Management Personnel

(a) Key Management Personnel

Key Management Personnel of the group comprise Directors of Iluka Resources Limited as well as other specific
employees of the group who met the following criteria: "personnel who have authority and responsibility for
planning, directing and controlling the activities of the group, either directly or indirectly."

(i) Key Management Personnel - Directors
The following persons were Directors of Iluka Resources Limited during the financial year:

Managing Director and Chief Executive Officer: D Robb

(Chairman from 18 December 2013)

(Chairman, retired 18 December 2013)

Non-executive Directors:
• G Martin
• W Osborn
• G Pizzey
•
J Ranck
• G Rezos
•
• S Turner

J Seabrook

All above persons were Directors of Iluka Resources Limited for all of the financial year, as well as for the
financial year ended 31 December 2012, except for Mr G Pizzey who retired on 18 December 2013 and Mr J
Ranck and Mr G Martin were appointed as Directors, with effect from 1 January 2013.

(b) Key Management Personnel - Employees other than Directors (The Executives)

C Cobb
A Tate
D Warden
S Wickham

Head of Marketing
Chief Financial Officer and Head of Strategy and Planning
Head of Resource Development, Mineral Sands
General Manager Australian Operations

(i) Key Management Personnel compensation
The company has taken advantage of the relief provided by the Corporations Regulation 2M.6.04 and has
transferred the detailed remuneration disclosures to the Remuneration Report. The relevant information can be
found in the Remuneration Report on pages 63 to 83.

2013

Non-executive Directors
Executive Director
Executives
Total

2012

Non-executive Directors
Executive Director
Executives
Total

Short term
benefits
$

1,217,914
2,426,341
2,791,180
6,435,435

Short term
benefits
$

932,000
2,172,300
2,141,964
5,246,264

Post
employment
benefits
$

Share-based
payments
$

Total

$

102,513
17,603
111,267
231,383

-
1,811,437
987,223
2,798,660

1,320,427
4,255,381
3,889,670
9,465,478

Post
employment
benefits
$

Share-based
payments
$

Total

$

72,475
22,811
82,834
178,120

-
3,294,351
1,186,839
4,481,190

1,004,475
5,489,462
3,411,637
9,905,574

No termination benefits were paid in either 2013 or 2012.

The numbers of shares in the company and share rights for ordinary shares in the company are set out on the
next page for each Key Management Personnel, including their personally related entities.

123

(ii) Share rights and shareholdings of Key Management Personnel
Number Of

Shares1
Awarded as
Restricted
Shares

Name

Balance held at
1/1/13

Vesting of share
rights

Other changes

Balance held at
31/12/134

Non-executive Directors
G Martin2
W Osborn
G Pizzey3
J Ranck
G Rezos
J Seabrook
S Turner

Executive Director
D Robb

Executives
C Cobb
A Tate
D Warden
S Wickham

20,000
1,800
21,351
2,000
75,000
19,314
50,000

n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a

n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a

-
5,000
-
2,500
-
-
-

20,000
6,800
21,351
4,500
75,000
19,314
50,000

740,860

121,951

38,428

(149,472)

751,767

41,502
76,763
15,718
123,518

34,146
40,163
10,976
40,650

12,985
7,343
3,954
13,187

(21,700)
(53,809)
(6,976)
(53,970)

66,933
70,460
23,672
129,385

1Shares may be held be held directly or through a nominee or agent (e.g. family trust).
2G Martin was appointed Chairman on 18 December 2013.
3G Pizzey was Chairman until his retirement on 18 December 2013. His final holdings reflect the balance held at this date.
4No shares were forfeited during the year.

Number Of Share

Rights1

Name

Balance held
at 1/1/13

Granted
during 2013

Vested as
shares during
2013

Lapsed
during 2013

Balance held
31/12/132
at

Fair value of
Share Rights
granted in 2013
($)3

Executive Director
D Robb

952,676

58,824

(121,951)

Executives
C Cobb
A Tate
D Warden
S Wickham

62,597
69,302
27,513
69,843

20,088
19,853
17,765
20,088

(34,146)
(40,163)
(10,976)
(40,650)

0

0
0

0

889,549

517,941

48,539
48,992
34,302
49,281

176,877
174,805
156,418
176,877

1Non-executive Directors do not have any entitlement to share rights.
2500,000 of the share rights held by D Robb will not vest under the Long Term Incentive Deferred Plan for which the
performance period ends in March 2014.
3Share rights granted in respect of the 2013 LTIP which forms part of share based payments for 2013 to 2015 inclusive.

(c) Transactions with Key Management Personnel

There were no transactions between the group and Key Management Personnel that were outside of the nature
described below:

(i) occurrence was within a normal employee, customer or supplier relationship on terms and conditions no more
favourable than those it is reasonable to expect the group would have adopted if dealing at arms length with
an unrelated individual;

(ii) information about these transactions does not have the potential to adversely affect the decisions about the
allocation of scarce resources made by users of the financial report, or the discharge of accountability by the
Key Management personnel; and

(iii) the transactions are trivial or domestic in nature.

Therefore, specific details of other transactions with Key Management Personnel are not disclosed.

124

28 Controlled entities and deed of cross guarantee

Iluka International Limited, NGG Holdings Limited,

The following companies are all incorporated in Australia and are parties to a Deed of Cross Guarantee (the
Deed) under which each company guarantees the debts of the others: Iluka Resources Limited, Westlime (WA)
Limited, Ilmenite Pty Limited, Southwest Properties Pty Limited, Western Mineral Sands Pty Limited, Yoganup
Pty Limited, Iluka Corporation Limited, Associated Minerals Consolidated Limited, Iluka Royalty Holdings Limited
(formerly Iluka Administration Limited), Iluka Consolidated Pty Limited, Iluka Exploration Pty Limited, Gold Fields
Asia Limited,
Iluka Midwest Limited, Western Titanium
Limited, The Mount Lyell Mining and Railway Company Limited, Renison Limited, Iluka Finance Limited, The
Nardell Colliey Pty Limited, Glendell Coal Limited, Lion Properties Pty Limited, Basin Minerals Limited, Basin
Minerals Holdings Pty Limited, Basin Properties Pty Limited, Swansands Pty Limited and Iluka (Eucla Basin) Pty
Limited. On 28 March 2013, the following entities became parties to the Deed; Iluka International (UAE) Pty
Limited, Iluka International (Lanka) Pty Limited, Iluka International (China) Pty Limited, Iluka International (Brazil)
Pty Limited and Iluka Share Plan Holdings Pty Limited. On 21 November 2013, Iluka International (Netherlands)
Pty Limited also became a party to the Deed.

In addition to the members of the extended closed group, the Iluka group also includes the following entities:

• Ashton Coal Interests Pty Limited (Iluka interest 95.8 per cent and incorporated in Australia).
•

Iluka International Cooperatief U.A., Iluka Investments 1 B.V. and Iluka Trading (Europe) B.V. All are 100 per
cent owned and incorporated in The Netherlands.
Iluka Lanka P Q (Private) Limited, P.K.D. Resources (Private) Limited and Iluka Lanka Exploration (Private)
Limited. All are 100 per cent owned and incorporated in Sri Lanka.
Iluka Trading (Shanghai) Co., Ltd (Iluka interest 100.0 per cent and incorporated in China).
Iluka International (UAE) Pty Ltd (DMCC Branch) (Iluka interest 100.0 per cent and incorporated in UAE).
Iluka Brasil Mineralcao Ltda (Iluka interest 100.0 per cent and incorporated in Brazil).
The group's activities in the US are undertaken by Iluka Resources Inc, which is 100 per cent owned.

•

•
•
•
•

By entering into the Deed, the wholly-owned entities represent a closed group and have been relieved from the
requirements to prepare a Financial Report and Directors' Report under Class Order 98/1418 (as amended by
Class Order 98/2017) issued by the Australian Securities and Investments Commission. The closed group is also
the extended closed group.

(a) Condensed financial statements of the Extended Closed Group

Condensed statement of profit or loss and other comprehensive income

Revenue from ordinary activities
Expenses from ordinary activities
Finance costs
Income tax (expense)/benefit
Profit for the period

Other comprehensive income
Actuarial gains on defined benefit plans, net of tax
Total comprehensive income for the period

Summary of movements in consolidated retained earnings

Retained earnings at the beginning of the financial year
Total comprehensive income for the year
Dividends paid
Retained earnings at the end of the financial year

2013
$m

767.4
(695.3)
(48.5)
(2.5)
21.1

2012
$m

1,041.1
(542.8)
(38.2)
(139.3)
320.8

0.5
21.6

-
320.8

428.0
21.6
(62.9)
386.7

440.9
320.8
(333.7)
428.0

125

Condensed balance sheet

Current assets
Cash and cash equivalents
Receivables
Inventories
Total current assets

Non-current assets
Receivables
Inventories
Other financial assets - investments in non-closed group entities
Property, plant and equipment
Intangible assets
Total non-current assets

Total assets

Current liabilities
Payables
Interest-bearing liabilities
Provisions
Current tax payable
Total current liabilities

Non-current liabilities
Interest-bearing liabilities
Provisions
Deferred tax liabilities
Total non-current liabilities

Total liabilities

Net assets

Equity
Contributed equity
Reserves
Retained profits
Total equity

2013
$m

2012
$m

34.0
176.0
480.0
690.0

3.2
271.0
58.3
1,239.5
5.9
1,577.9

35.4
122.1
490.0
647.5

2.3
257.9
41.6
1,389.6
6.3
1,697.7

2,267.9

2,345.2

58.6
11.1
43.7
3.9
117.3

241.9
387.9
9.6
639.4

756.7

77.7
56.9
54.1
126.7
315.4

93.3
359.1
22.2
474.6

790.0

1,511.2

1,555.2

1,112.1
12.4
386.7
1,511.2

1,104.8
22.4
428.0
1,555.2

126

29 Parent entity financial information

(a) Summary financial information for Iluka Resources Limited

Balance sheet
Current assets
Non-current assets
Total assets

Current liabilities
Non-current liabilities
Total liabilities

Net assets

Shareholders' equity
Contributed equity
Reserves
Retained earnings

(Loss)/profit for the year

Total comprehensive income

(b) (Loss)/profit for the year

2013
$m

2012
$m

155.7
1,942.4
2,098.1

55.2
811.1
866.3

129.7
1,933.8
2,063.5

90.6
567.2
657.8

1,231.8

1,405.7

1,120.0
9.8
102.0
1,231.8

(105.2)

(105.2)

1,120.0
17.8
267.9
1,405.7

492.6

492.6

The loss for the year includes expenses of $13.1 million for the write off of idle assets and $7.8 million for
rehabilitation discount rate changes. The profit for the prior year includes dividends received from controlled
entities of $475.0 million.

(c) Contingent liabilities of the parent entity

The parent had contingent liabilities for performance commitments and guarantees of $48.7 million as at 31
December 2013 (2012: $28.9 million).

(d) Contractual commitments for the acquisition of property, plant or equipment

As at 31 December 2013, the parent entity had contractual commitments for the acquisition of property, plant or
equipment totalling $0.8 million (2012: $7.0 million).

(e) Parent entity financial information

The financial information for the parent entity has been prepared on the same basis as the consolidated financial
statements, except as set out below.

Investments in subsidiaries

(i)
Investments in subsidiaries are accounted for at cost.

(ii) Tax consolidation legislation
Iluka Resources Limited and its wholly-owned Australian controlled entities have implemented the tax
consolidation legislation as of 1 January 2004. On adoption of the tax consolidation legislation, the entities in the
tax consolidation group entered into a tax sharing agreement which limits the joint and several liability of the
wholly-owned entities in the case of a default by the head entity, Iluka Resources Limited.

127

30 Contingent liabilities

(a) Bank guarantees

The group has a number of bank guarantees in favour of various government authorities and service providers to
the total value of
meet
performance commitments and guarantees was $135.6 million (2012: $115.0 million).

its obligations under exploration and mining tenements. At 31 December 2013,

(b) Native title

There is some risk that native title, as established by the High Court of Australia's decision in the Mabo case,
exists over some of the land over which the group holds tenements or over land required for access purposes. It
is impossible at this stage to quantify the impact, if any, which these developments may have on the operations
of the group.

(c) Sri Lanka exploration deposits

During the year the group acquired all of the share capital in PKD Resources (Pvt) Ltd, a Sri Lankan domiciled
company which owns an exploration tenement located near the city of Puttalam in the North Western Province of
Sri Lanka. The consideration for the acquisition comprised:

•
•
•
•

payment of US$5.0 million to the shareholders and creditors of PKD;
possible payment of US$2.0 million on the grant of a mining license over EL 170;
possible payment of US$8.0 million on the Iluka Board approving a development on EL 170; and
the payment of an annual trailing payment calculated at one per cent of the gross sale proceeds received
from the annual sale of all mineral products and sand clay produced from the tenement, less the US$2.0
million paid on the grant of the mining license over EL 170, which is being treated as an advance on the
trailing payment.

Only the initial payment of US$5.0 million has been recognised in the financial statements as the payment of the
other consideration is not considered probable at this stage.

(d) Other claims

In the course of its normal business, the group occasionally receives claims arising from its operating activities. In
the opinion of the Directors, all such matters are covered by insurance or, if not covered, are without merit or are
of such a kind or involve such amounts that would not have a material adverse effect on the operating results or
financial position of the group if settled unfavourably.

31 Related party transactions

The only related party transactions are with Directors and Key Management Personnel (refer note 27). Details of
material controlled entities are set out in note 28. The ultimate Australian controlling entity and the ultimate parent
entity is Iluka Resources Limited.

32 Other accounting policy

(a) Carbon emissions

Carbon emission units granted by the Australian Government are recognised at nil value. Carbon emission units
purchased for compliance purposes under the Australian Carbon Pricing Mechanism are recognised at cost.

An emissions liability is recognised as a liability when actual emissions exceed the emission units granted by the
Australian Government. Any liability recognised is measured at the value of the purchased units held, with any
excess liability measured at the current market value of carbon units at the reporting date. The movement in the
liability is recognised in the income statement.

128

33 New accounting standards and interpretations

Iluka Resources Limited had to change some of its accounting policies as the result of new or revised accounting
standards which became effective for the annual reporting period commencing on 1 January 2013. The affected
policies and standards are:

• Principles of consolidation - new standard AASB 10 Consolidated Financial Statements; and
• AASB Interpretation 20 Stripping Costs in the Production Phase of Surface Mine

One other new standard that
is AASB 13 Fair Value
Measurement. This standard introduced additional disclosure requirements for assets and liabilities recorded at
fair value. The group does not have any assets or liabilities recorded at fair value at 31 December 2013 and so
this standard has not impacted on the current year financial statements.

is applicable for the first

time for the 2013 report

(i) AASB 10 Consolidated Financial Statements
AASB 10 was issued in August 2011 and replaces the guidance on control and consolidation in AASB 127
Consolidated and Separate Financial Statements and in Interpretation 112 Consolidation - Special Purpose
Entities. Under the new principles, the group controls an entity when the group is exposed to, or has rights to,
variable returns from its involvement with the entity and has the ability to affect those returns through its power
over the entity.

The group has reviewed its investments in other entities to assess whether the consolidation conclusion in
relation to these entities is different under AASB 10 than under AASB 127. No differences were found and
therefore no adjustments to any of the carrying amounts in the financial statements are required as a result of the
adoption of AASB 10.

Interpretation 20 Stripping Costs in the Production Phase of a Surface Mine

(ii)
Interpretation 20 sets out the accounting for overburden waste removal (stripping) costs in the production phase
of a mine. It states that these costs can only be recognised as an asset if they can be attributed to an identifiable
component of the ore body, can be measured reliably and it is probable that future economic benefits will flow to
the entity. The costs form part of Mine Reserves and Development and are charged to profit or loss as
amortisation over the life of the identified ore body.

Previously, the Group’s accounting policy has been to defer expenditure associated with the removal of mine
overburden after the initial development of a mine and charge it to profit or loss as a cash cost of production over
its useful life, which typically does not exceed one year.

The group has reviewed its operations and determined that no material deferred stripping undertaken at any
producing mine met the asset recognition criteria set out in IFRIC 20, therefore no adjustments to any of the
carrying amounts in the financial statements are required as a result of the adoption of Interpretation 20.

Certain new accounting standards and interpretations have been published that are not mandatory for 31
December 2013 reporting periods. The group's assessment of
those new standards and
interpretations considered relevant to the group is set out below. The group does not intend to early adopt any of
the new standards or interpretations.

the impact of

(i) AASB 9 Financial Instruments, AASB 2009-11 Amendments to Australian Accounting Standards arising from
AASB 9 and AASB 2009-11 Amendments to Australian Accounting Standards arising from AASB 9
(December 2010) (effective from 1 January 2015)

AASB 9 Financial Instruments addresses the classification, measurement and derecognition of financial assets
and financial liabilities. The group has not yet determined the extent of the impact, if any.

(ii) AASB 2011-4 Amendments to Australian Accounting Standards to Remove Individual Key Management

Personnel Disclosure Requirements (effective 1 July 2013)

These amendments remove the individual key management personnel disclosure requirements from AASB 124
Related Party Disclosures. While this will reduce the disclosures that are currently required in the notes to the
financial statements (note 27), it will not affect any of the amounts recognised in the financial statements.

129

In the Directors' opinion:

Iluka Resources Limited
Directors' declaration
31 December 2013

(a)

(b)

(c)

the financial statements and notes set out on pages 90 to 129 are in accordance with the Corporations Act
2001, including:
(i)

complying with Accounting Standards and other mandatory professional reporting requirements as
detailed above, and the Corporations Regulations 2001; and
giving a true and fair view of the group's financial position as at 31 December 2013 and of its
performance for the financial year ended on that date, and

(ii)

there are reasonable grounds to believe that the company will be able to pay its debts as and when they
become due and payable, and
at the date of this declaration, there are reasonable grounds to believe that the members of the extended
closed group identified in note 28 will be able to meet any obligations or liabilities to which they are, or
may become, subject by virtue of the deed of cross guarantee described in note 28.

Note confirms that the financial statements also comply with International Financial Reporting Standards as
issued by the International Accounting Standards Board.

The Directors have been given the declarations by the chief executive officer and chief financial officer required
by section 295A of the Corporations Act 2001.

This declaration is made in accordance with a resolution of the Directors.

G Martin
Chairman

D Robb
Managing Director

Perth
19 March 2014

130

Independent auditor’s report to the members of Iluka
Resources Limited

Report on the financial report
We have audited the accompanying financial report of Iluka Resources Limited (the company), which
comprises the balance sheet as at 31 December 2013, the statement of profit or loss and other
comprehensive income, statement of changes in equity and statement of cash flows for the year ended
on that date, a summary of significant accounting policies, other explanatory notes and the directors’
declaration for Iluka Resources Limited (the consolidated entity). The consolidated entity comprises
the company and the entities it controlled at year’s end or from time to time during the financial year.

Directors’ responsibility for the financial report
The directors of the company are responsible for the preparation of the financial report that gives a
true and fair view in accordance with Australian Accounting Standards and the Corporations Act 2001
and for such internal control as the directors determine is necessary to enable the preparation of the
financial report that is free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error. In Note 2, the
directors also state, in accordance with Accounting Standard AASB 101 Presentation of Financial
Statements, that the financial statements comply with International Financial Reporting Standards.

Auditor’s responsibility
Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the financial report based on our audit. We conducted
our audit in accordance with Australian Auditing Standards. Those standards require that we comply
with relevant ethical requirements relating to audit engagements and plan and perform the audit to
obtain reasonable assurance whether the financial report is free from material misstatement.

An audit involves performing procedures to obtain audit evidence about the amounts and disclosures
in the financial report. The procedures selected depend on the auditor’s judgement, including the
assessment of the risks of material misstatement of the financial report, whether due to fraud or error.
In making those risk assessments, the auditor considers internal control relevant to the consolidated
entity’s preparation and fair presentation of the financial report in order to design audit procedures
that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the
effectiveness of the entity’s internal control. An audit also includes evaluating the appropriateness of
accounting policies used and the reasonableness of accounting estimates made by the directors, as well
as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial report.

We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for
our audit opinion.

Independence
In conducting our audit, we have complied with the independence requirements of the Corporations
Act 2001.

PricewaterhouseCoopers, ABN 52 780 433 757
Brookfield Place, 125 St Georges Terrace, PERTH WA 6000, GPO Box D198, PERTH WA 6840
T: +61 8 9238 3000, F: +61 8 9238 3999, www.pwc.com.au

Liability limited by a scheme approved under Professional Standards Legislation.

131

Independent auditor’s report to the members of Iluka
Resources Limited (cont’d)

Auditor’s opinion
In our opinion:

(a)

the financial report of Iluka Resources Limited is in accordance with the Corporations Act 2001,
including:

(i)

(ii)

giving a true and fair view of the consolidated entity's financial position as at 31 December
2013 and of its performance for the year ended on that date; and

complying with Australian Accounting Standards (including the Australian Accounting
Interpretations) and the Corporations Regulations 2001.

(b)

the financial report and notes also comply with International Financial Reporting Standards as
disclosed in Note 2.

Report on the Remuneration Report
We have audited the remuneration report included in pages 63 to 83 of the directors’ report for the
year ended 31 December 2013. The directors of the company are responsible for the preparation and
presentation of the remuneration report in accordance with section 300A of the Corporations Act
2001. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the remuneration report, based on our audit
conducted in accordance with Australian Auditing Standards.

Auditor’s opinion
In our opinion, the remuneration report of Iluka Resources Limited for the year ended 31 December
2013 complies with section 300A of the Corporations Act 2001.

PricewaterhouseCoopers

Nick Henry
Partner

Perth
19 March 2014

132

Ore Reserves and Mineral Resources Statement

Iluka Ore Reserves Breakdown by Country, Region and JORC category at 31 December 2013
Summary of Ore Reserves for Iluka1,2,3

HM

Assemblage4

Country

Region

Australia

Eucla Basin

Total Eucla Basin

Murray Basin

Total Murray

Basin

5

Perth Basin

Total Perth

Basin

6

USA

Atlantic Seaboard

Total Atlantic

Seaboard

7

Total Proved
Total Probable

Grand Total

Ore Reserve
Category

Ore
Tonnes
Millions

In Situ
HM
Tonnes
Millions

HM
Grade
(%)

Ilmenite
Grade
(%)

Zircon
Grade
(%)

Rutile
Grade
(%)

Change
HM
Tonnes
Millions

Proved
Probable

Proved
Probable

Proved
Probable

Proved
Probable

119.7
3.4
123.1

4.5
11.1
15.7

5.13
0.07
5.20

1.30
1.70
3.00

8.2
305.1
313.3

0.71
16.54
17.26

8.4
16.4
24.8

0.42
0.75
1.17

140.8
336.1

7.56
19.06

476.9

26.62

4.3
2.1
4.2

28.6
15.2
19.1

8.8
5.4
5.5

5.0
4.6
4.7

5.4
5.7

5.6

27
20
27

54
46
49

59
59
59

68
57
61

37
58

52

51
51
51

11
14
13

14
10
10

15
18
17

39
11

19

4
5
4

18
19
19

2
5
5

-
-
-

6
6

6

(0.74)

(1.06)

(0.21)

(0.35)

(2.35)

1Competent Persons - Ore Reserves
Eucla Basin (South Australia) Perth Basin (Western Australia) and Murray Basin (Victoria/New South Wales): C Lee
(MAusIMM (CP))
Atlantic Seaboard (Virginia, United States of America): C Stilson (SME)
2Ore Reserves are a sub-set of Mineral Resources.
3Rounding may generate differences in last decimal place.
4Mineral assemblage is reported as a percentage of in situ heavy mineral (HM) content.
5Ilmenite currently has had no value ascribed in the reserve optimisation process for the Murray Basin. Metallurgical testwork
and marketing studies are presently underway; the outcomes of which may see a revision of the Ore Reserves.
6Rutile component in Perth Basin South West operation is sold as a leucoxene product.
7Rutile is included in ilmenite for the Atlantic Seaboard region.

Ore Reserves and Mineral Resources are estimated using all available geological and relevant drill hole and assay data,
including mineralogical sampling and test work on mineral recoveries and final product qualities. Reserve estimates are
determined by the consideration of all of the “modifying factors” in accordance with the JORC Code, and for example, may
include but are not limited to, product prices, mining costs, metallurgical recoveries, environmental consideration, access and
approvals. These factors may vary significantly between deposits. Resource estimates are determined by consideration of
geology, HM cut-off grades, mineralisation thickness vs. overburden ratios and consideration of the potential mining and
extraction methodology. These factors may vary significantly between deposits.

The information in relation to the Ore Reserves and Mineral Resources for Australia and the USA was first prepared and
disclosed under the JORC Code 2004. It has not been updated since to comply with the 2012 JORC Code on the basis that the
information has not materially changed since it was last reported.

The information in relation to the Mineral Resources for Sri Lanka has been separately reported in an announcement to the
Australian Securities Exchange (ASX) on 5 August 2013 “Acquisition of Sri Lankan Tenement and Heavy Mineral Resource
Base” which complies with the guidelines of the 2012 JORC Code.

133

The information in this report relating to Mineral Resources and Ore Reserves is based on information compiled by Competent
Persons (as defined in the JORC Code). Each of the Competent Persons for deposits located outside Australia is a member of
a Recognised Overseas Professional Organisations as listed by the ASX. Each of the Competent Persons had, at the time of
reporting, sufficient experience relevant to the style of mineralisation and type of deposit under consideration and to the activity
they were undertaking to qualify as a Competent Person as defined by the JORC Code. At the reporting date, each Competent
Person listed in this report was a full-time employee of Iluka Resources Limited. Each Competent Person consents to the
inclusion in this report of the matters based on their information in the form and context in which it appears.

All of the Mineral Resource and Ore Reserve figures reported represent estimates at 31 December 2013. All tonnes and grade
information has been rounded, hence small differences may be present in the totals. All of the Mineral Resource information is
inclusive of Ore Reserves (i.e. Mineral Resources are not additional to Ore Reserves).

Iluka Ore Reserves Mined and Adjusted by Country and Region at 31 December 2013
Summary of Ore Reserves for Iluka1,2,3

Country

Region

Category

Australia

Eucla Basin

Total Eucla Basin

Murray Basin

Total Murray Basin

Perth Basin

Total Perth Basin

USA

Atlantic Seaboard

Total Atlantic Seaboard

Total Active Mines
Total Non-Active Sites

Active Mines
Non-Active Sites

Active Mines
Non-Active Sites

Active Mines
Non-Active Sites

Active Mines
Non-Active Sites

In Situ HM
Tonnes
Millions
2012

In Situ HM
Tonnes
Millions
Mined 2013

In Situ HM
Tonnes
Millions
Adjusted
20132

In Situ HM
Tonnes
Millions
2013

In Situ HM
Tonnes
Millions Net
Change3

3.99
1.95
123.1

2.36
1.70
4.05

1.15
16.31
17.41

0.90
0.61
1.51

8.40
20.57

(0.67)
-
(0.67)

(0.82)
-
(0.82)

(0.17)
-
(0.17)

(0.32)
-
(0.32)

(1.99)
-

(0.06)
-
(0.06)

(0.24)
-
(0.24)

(0.03)
-
(0.03)

(0.16)
0.14
(0.03)

(0.50)
0.14

3.25
1.95
5.20

1.30
1.70
3.00

0.95
16.31
17.26

0.42
0.75
1.17

5.91
20.71

(0.74)
-
(0.74)

(1.06)
-
(1.06)

(0.21)
-
(0.21)

(0.48)
0.14
(0.35)

(2.49)
0.14

Total Ore Reserves

28.97

(1.99)

(0.36)

26.62

(2.35)

1Rounding may generate differences in last decimal place.
2Adjusted figure includes write-downs and modifications in mine design.
3Net change includes depletion by mining and adjustments.

134

Iluka Mineral Resource Breakdown by Country, Region and JORC Category at 31 December 2013
Summary of Ore Reserves for Iluka1,2,3

Country

Region

Australia

Eucla Basin

Total Eucla Basin

Murray Basin

Total Murray Basin

Perth Basin

Total Perth

Basin

5

USA

Atlantic Seaboard

Total Atlantic

Seaboard

6

Sri Lanka Sri Lanka

Total Sri Lanka

Total Measured
Total Indicated
Total Inferred

Grand Total

Mineral Resource
Category

Material
Tonnes
Millions

In Situ
HM
Tonnes
Millions

HM
Grade
(%)

Ilmenite
Grade
(%)

Zircon
Grade
(%)

Rutile
Grade
(%)

Change
HM
Tonnes
Millions

HM

Assemblage4

Measured
Indicated
Inferred

Measured
Indicated
Inferred

Measured
Indicated
Inferred

Measured
Indicated
Inferred

Measured
Indicated
Inferred

197.3
107.7
139.5
444.5

21.2
114.4
1.8
217.5

531.1
316.2
264.6
1,111.8

37.3
70.2
20.9
128.4

213.9
69.9
404.3
688.2

1,000.8
678.5
911.2

7.62
3.40
10.49
21.51

5.80
20.31
9.81
35.92

31.02
16.09
12.34
59.44

1.44
3.43
0.73
5.60

22.20
6.06
27.99
56.25

68.07
49.29
61.35

2,590.4

178.71

3.9
3.2
7.5
4.8

27.4
17.7
12.0
16.5

5.8
5.1
4.7
5.3

3.9
4.9
3.5
4.4

10.4
8.7
6.9
8.2

6.8
7.3
6.7

6.9

34
42
67
51

60
55
49
54

59
54
57
57

63
66
62
65

69
67
65
67

60
56
61

59

42
36
15
28

11
11
10
11

10
10
8
10

17
10
10
12

3
3
4
4

12
11
8

10

4
3
2
3

13
13
15
14

5
5
5
5

-
-
-
-

3
3
5
4

5
8
6

6

1.41

(0.77)

(0.91)

0.03

56.25

56.01

1Competent Persons - Mineral Resources
Eucla Basin, Perth Basin and Sri Lanka: B Gibson (MAIG)
Murray Basin: R Cobcroft (MAIG)
Atlantic Seaboard: A Karst (SME)
2Mineral Resources are inclusive of Ore Reserves.
3Rounding may generate differences in last decimal place.
4Mineral assemblage is reported as a percentage of in situ heavy mineral content.
5Rutile component in Perth Basin South West operations, Western Australia is sold as a leucoxene product.
6Rutile is included in ilmenite for the Atlantic Seaboard region.

135

Sustainability Performance Data

Lost Time Injury Frequency Rate 2013 and Total Recordable Injury Frequency Rate 2013

Severity Rate 2013

All safety metric rates are expressed per million hours worked and includes both permanent employee and
contractor hours.

Safety performance by area 2013

Murray Basin (Victoria)
Eucla Basin (South Australia)
Perth Basin (Western Australia)
United States
Exploration
Projects
Corporate
Total

Fatality
0 (0)
0 (0)
0 (0)
0 (0)
0 (0)
0 (0)
0 (0)
0 (0)

LTI
0 (1)
0 (0)
0 (5)
0 (2)
0 (0)
0 (0)
1 (1)
1 (9)

MTI
1 (3)
0 (2)
2 (4)
2 (7)
0 (1)
0 (2)
5 (5)
10 (24)

FAI
4 (12)
4 (8)
11 (63)
3 (3)
2 (3)
0 (6)
13 (14)
37 (109)

TRI
1 (14)
0 (2)
4 (13)
2 (10)
0 (3)
0 (2)
8 (7)
15 (51)

Minor
68 (107)
39 (47)
42 (155)
15 (29)
12 (11)
0 (10)
44 (21)
220 (380)

Expressed as the number of incidents (2012 data in brackets).
Data includes employees and contractors.
LTI = lost time injury MTI = medical treatment injury FAI = first aid injury TRI = total recordable injury

Environmental incidents
1
2012
Classification
796
Level 1
187
Level 2
43
Level 3
16
Level 4
0
Level 5
1,042
Total
< Level 3 or above target
85
1Potential severity of impact. Level 1 incidents have no or minimal impact and Level 5 incidents have the greatest potential
cumulative impact.

2011
481
180
82
3
0
746
n/a

2013
777
145
45
12
0
979
53

136

Land use by region – land disturbed (hectares)

Murray Basin (Victoria)
Eucla Basin (South Australia)
Perth Basin (Western Australia)
United States
Exploration11
Total
1Comprised predominantly of access tracks which naturally rehabilitate within 12 months.

2011
1,193
67
173
66
351
1,850

2012
363
62
162
124
386
1,097

2013
191
2
0
102
277
572

Land use by region - land rehabilitated (hectares)1

2012
225
Murray Basin (Victoria)
0
Eucla Basin (South Australia)
310
Perth Basin (Western Australia)
83
United States
1
Exploration
Total
619
1Includes backfilling, topsoil, vegetation established. Exploration rehabilitation includes drill hole and sump remediation, access
tracks stable for re-generation in 12 months, tenement area relinquished.

2011
62
5
79
77
26
249

2013
345
11
343
128
130
957

Land use by region – total area of land open as at 31 December 2013 (hectares)
2011
3,008
1,032
4,026
513
1,453
10,032

Murray Basin (Victoria)
Eucla Basin (South Australia)
Perth Basin (Western Australia)
United States
Exploration1
Total
1Includes land where rehabilitation activity is complete but Iluka retains the tenement holding.

2013
2,992
1,085
3,535
528
1,985
10,125

2012
3,146
1,094
3,878
554
1,838
10,510

Energy use by region (terajoules)

Murray Basin (Victoria)
Eucla Basin (South Australia)
Perth Basin (Western Australia)
United States
Exploration
Corporate
Total

Carbon dioxide emissions (kt CO2-e)

Murray Basin (Victoria)
Eucla Basin (South Australia)
Perth Basin (Western Australia)
United States
Exploration
Corporate
Total

Water use by region (megalitres)

Murray Basin (Victoria)
Eucla Basin (South Australia)
Perth Basin (Western Australia)
United States
Total
Water discharged by region (megalitres)1

2011
3,925
6,867
5,040
1,589
17,421

2009
740
251
7,941
1,368
314
1
10,615

2009
112
19
830
48
2
n/a
1,011

2012
2,742
7,763
11,623
2,034
24,162

2010
1,451
522
7,059
977
62
1
10,072

2010
182
40
704
69
1
n/a
996

2013
1,977
3,384
4,175
1,287
10,823

2011
1,352
547
6,591
997
8
1
9,496

2011
161
38
588
72
1
1
861

2012
903
670
6,393
485
8
2
8,461

2012
105
38
549
73
<1
<1
765

2013
677
563
1,987
470
4
1
3,702

2013
81
32
147
73
<1
<1
333

Murray Basin (Victoria)
Eucla Basin (South Australia)
Perth Basin (Western Australia)
United States
Total
1Defined as water discharged via metered flow to either surface drainage or groundwater infiltration basins.

2011
123
0
1,603
509
2,235

2013
52
0
1,601
768
2,421

2012
114
0
1,457
264
1,835

137

Shareholder Information
as at 7 March 2014

Australian Securities Exchange listing
Iluka’s shares are listed on the Australian Securities Exchange (ASX) Limited. The company is listed as “Iluka”
with an ASX code of ILU.

Number of shares on issue
The company had 418,701,360 shares on issue as at 31 December 2013.

Number of shareholdings
There were 25,927 shareholders. Voting rights, on a show of hands, are one vote for every registered holder and
on a poll, are one vote for each share held by registered holders.

Distribution of Shareholdings

Size of shareholding
1 - 1,000
1,001 - 10,000
10,001 - 100,000
100,001 - 1,000,000
1,000,001 and over
Unmarketable parcel (less than $500)

Number of holders
14,583
10,524
767
40
13
1,298

Substantial Shareholders (as provided in disclosed Substantial Shareholder Notices to the company)

Shareholder
M&G Investment Management Limited, London
BlackRock Investment Management (Australia) Limited
Schroder Investment Management Australia Limited
RS Investment Management Co. LLC
MFS Investment Management
RS Investment Management Co. LLC
Northcape Capital Pty Ltd
RS Global Natural Resources Fund

Top 20 Shareholders (Nominee Company Holdings)

Shareholder
HSBC Custody Nominees (Australia) Limited
J P Morgan Nominees Australia Limited
National Nominees Limited
BNP Paribas Nominees Pty Ltd
Citicorp Nominees Pty Limited
Citicorp Nominees Pty Limited
J P Morgan Nominees Australia Limited
HSBC Custody Nominees (Australia) Limited
AMP Life Limited
Australian Foundation Investment Company Limited
CS Fourth Nominees Pty Ltd
Argo Investments Limited
R O Henderson (Beehive) Pty Limited
UBS Nominees Pty Ltd
UBS Nominees Pty Ltd
UBS Wealth Management
Suncorp Custodian Services Pty Limited
HSBC Custody Nominees (Australia) Limited
RBC Investor Services
BNP Paribas Nominees (New Zealand) Ltd

Size of shareholding
46,095,678
40,111,686
35,898,163
34,188,739
29,710,433
25,556,248
21,590,918
21,225,646

Number of shares
145,094,323
100,384,213
57,168,023
13,851,456
12,347,157
5,153,131
4,103,934
2,703,234
2,418,050
2,367,000
1,756,831
1,700,000
1,125,000
950,000
788,448
754,865
719,684
715,706
672,639
570,086

% of issued capital
11.00
9.58
8.57
8.17
7.10
6.10
5.18
5.07

% of issued capital
34.65
23.98
13.65
3.31
2.95
1.23
0.98
0.65
0.58
0.57
0.42
0.41
0.27
0.23
0.19
0.18
0.17
0.17
0.16
0.14

138

2014 Calendar

21 February
6 March
3 April
16 April
26 May 9:30am WST
28 May 9:30am WST
16 July
22 August
16 October
31 December

Announcement of Full Year Financial Results
Record Date for Full Year Dividend
Full Year Dividend Payment
March Quarter Production Report
Closure of acceptances of proxies for AGM
Annual General Meeting – Perth
June Quarter Production Report
Announcement of Half Year Financial Results
September Quarter Production Report
Financial Year End

All dates are indicative and subject to change. Shareholders are advised to check with the company to confirm timings.

Recent Iluka Publications
Iluka Ceramics Tile Study Briefing Paper, March 2014
Iluka Key Physical and Financial Parameters, February 2014
Investment in New Technology for Titanium Metal Powder Production, February 2014
Executive Management Changes, February 2014
2013 Full Year Results Presentation, February 2014

All are available on the Investors and Media section of Iluka’s website www.iluka.com.

Investor Relations Inquiries
Dr Robert Porter
General Manager, Investor Relations
robert.porter@iluka.com
+61 3 9225 5008
+61 (0) 407 391 829

Share registry inquiries
Shareholders who require information about their shareholdings, dividend payments or related administrative
matters should contact the company’s share registry:

Computershare Investor Services Pty Limited
Level 2, 45 St Georges Terrace
Perth WA 6000
Telephone: +61 3 9415 5000 (Head office) +61 8 9323 2000 (Perth) or 1300 850 505
Facsimile: +61 8 9323 2033 (Perth) or +61 3 9473 2500 (Melbourne)

Postal address
GPO Box 2975
Melbourne VIC 3000

Website: www.computershare.com

Each inquiry should refer to the shareholder number which is shown on issuer-sponsored holding statements and
dividend statements.

Dividends
Iluka recommenced dividend payments with the 2010 full year results.
reinvestment plan.

Iluka has suspended its dividend

139

Corporate Information

Company details
Iluka Resources Limited
ABN: 34 008 675 018

Registered office
Level 23, 140 St George’s Terrace
Perth WA 6000 Australia

Postal address
GPO Box U1988
Perth WA 6845 Australia
Telephone: +61 8 9360 4700
Facsimile: +61 8 9360 4777

Website
www.iluka.com

This site contains information on Iluka’s products, marketing, operations, ASX releases, financial and quarterly
reports. It also contains links to other sites, including the share registry.

Iluka Investor Relations Guide
The Iluka Investor Relations Guide (“app”) is available for download on iOS and Android tablet devices. It
provides online and offline access to information relating to the company.

Disclaimer - Forward Looking Statements
This Report may contain certain forward looking statements. These statements may include, without limitation,
estimates of future production and production potential; estimates of future capital expenditure and cash costs;
estimates of future product supply, demand and consumption; statements regarding future product prices; and
statements regarding the expectation of future Mineral Resources and Ore Reserves.

Where Iluka expresses or implies an expectation or belief as to future events or results, such expectation or belief
is expressed in good faith and on a reasonable basis. No representation or warranty, express or implied, is made
by Iluka that the matters stated in this presentation will in fact be achieved or prove to be correct.

Forward-looking statements are only predictions and are subject to risks, uncertainties and other factors, which
could cause actual results to differ materially from future results expressed, projected or implied by such
forward-looking statements. Such risks and factors include, but are not limited to:

changes in exchange rate assumptions;
changes in product pricing assumptions;

•
•
• major changes in mine plans and/or resources;
•
•
•

changes in equipment life or capability;
emergence of previously underestimated technical challenges; and
environmental or social factors which may affect a licence to operate.

Iluka does not undertake any obligation to release publicly any revisions to any forward-looking statement to
reflect events or circumstances after the date of this report, or to reflect the occurrence of unanticipated events,
except as may be required under applicable securities laws.

Non-IFRS Financial Information
This document uses non-IFRS financial information including mineral sands EBITDA, mineral sands EBIT, Group
EBITDA and Group EBIT which are used to measure both group and operational performance. Non-IFRS
measures are unaudited but derived from audited accounts. A reconciliation of non-IFRS financial information to
the audited Profit before tax in the Consolidated statement of profit or loss and other comprehensive income is
included on page 57.

140

BOARD AND  
EXECUTIVE TEAM

ILUKA ANNUAL REPORT 2013

Greg Martin

David Robb

Gavin Rezos

Jennifer Seabrook Wayne Osborn

Stephen Turner

James Ranck

Marcelo Bastos

The Iluka Board comprises seven non-executive (independent) Directors  
and one Executive Director (Managing Director and CEO)

BOARD AND EXECUTIVE TEAM

Board 

GAVIN REZOS
BA, LLB, B.Juris, MAICD
Independent Non-Executive  
Director

JENNIFER SEABROOK
BCom, FCA, FAICD
Independent  
Non-Executive Director

HSBC, Amity Oil NL, Alexium 
International Group Ltd,  
Viaticus Capital LLC

Gresham Partners Ltd,  
IRESS Ltd, Export Finance  
& Insurance Corp

WAYNE OSBORN
DipEng, MBA,  
FTSE, MIE (Aust), FAICD
Independent  
Non-Executive Director

Alcoa of Australia Ltd,  
Wesfarmers Ltd,  
Alinta Holdings,  
Leighton Holdings Ltd

GREG MARTIN
BEc, LLB, FAIM, MAICD
Chairman

Australian Gas Light  
Company Ltd, Challenger  
Financial Services Group,  
Murchison Metals Ltd

2013

DAVID ROBB 
BSc, Grad Dip  
(Personnel Admin),  
FAIM, FAICE
Managing Director

BP, Wesfarmers Ltd

STEPHEN TURNER
BCom, ACA
Independent Non-Executive  
Director

JAMES RANCK
BSE (Econ), FAICD
Independent Non-Executive 
 Director

MARCELO BASTOS
Mech Eng, MBA, MAICD
Independent Non-Executive 
 Director

International Ferro Metals 
Ltd, Vantage Goldfields Ltd

DuPont, Elders Ltd, CSIRO

MMG, BHP Billiton, Vale
,

2006

2008

2010

2006

2010

2013

2014

Executive Team

DOUG WARDEN
BCom, CA, MBA, GAICD
Head of Resource 
Development, 
Mineral Sands

Summit Resources,  
Jabiru Metals, Ernst & Young, 
KPMG
2003

STEVE WICKHAM
Assoc Dip Mech Eng
Chief Operating Officer, 
Mineral Sands

MATTHEW BLACKWELL
B Eng (Mech), Grad Dip 
(Tech Mgt), MBA, MAICD, 
MIE (Aust)
Head of Marketing,  
Mineral Sands

ALAN TATE
BCom, FAICD
Chief Financial Officer 
and Head of Strategy and 
Planning

CHRIS COBB
Dip CSM, FIQ, MAICD
Head of Alliances, New 
Ventures and Royalties

Ticor South Africa,  
Australian Zircon

Asia Pacific Resources,
WMC Resources

Jabiru Metals, BHP Billiton, 
WMC Resources

CRL,
Zambia Consolidated Copper

CAMERON WILSON
LLB, GAICD
Chief Legal Counsel and 
Head of Corporate  
Acquisitions

WMC Resources

2007

2004

2008

2009

2004

Profiles can be found on pages 58 – 60.

SELECTED EXPERIENCE

YEAR JOINED ILUKA/BOARD

141

ILUKA INVESTOR RELATIONS GUIDE (APP)

The Iluka Investor Relations Guide (App) for Apple iPad 
and other table devices provides online and offline access 
to company information, including the latest news and 
events. 

The App can be downloaded from the Apple App Store or 
Google Play Store by searching “Iluka Investor Relations 
Guide”. 

The Iluka Investor Relations Guide is designed for those 
wishing to gain an understanding of the main elements 
of the company, its assets, industry context and basis for 
shareholder value generation.

Information available on the App includes:
n  Iluka’s investment proposition, company and 

shareholder alignment and capital management 
framework;

n company outline, resource base and operations;
n mineral sands industry overview;
n Iluka’s sales and marketing strategy and customer base;
n historical financials and company presentations;
n latest ASX releases; and
n calendar of events.

Download the Iluka Investor Relations guide

www.iluka.com